D3E8020083C Electrical Equipment

Service
Repair Manual Volksw

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
gu
Golf 2009 ➤
by ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Electrical Equipment ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
CJAA CBT CBU CBF CCT CRZ
an
itte
Engine ID
y li
A A A A A
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Edition 01.2015
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
90 - Instruments
92 - Wiper/Washer Systems
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches
96 - Interior Lights, Switches
97 - Wiring
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
m
at
om
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
ion
c
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
in t
or
his
e
matter of course, be observed.

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
All rights reserved.
Co
op py
No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E8020083C
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
Contents
27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Battery, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. G. ..V.o.lk.sw. a. g.e.n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
en AG
1.3 Battery Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. lk. s.w.a.g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .do. e.s.no. t. . . . . . . . . . . . 2
y V g
1.4 Battery Post/Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .se. d.b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . u. a.ra.n. . . . . . . . 2
ri t
1.5 Battery, Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . u. th.o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e.e o.r . . . . . 3
a a
1.6 Battery, Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . s.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . 3
ce
e
1.7 B+ Cable Mount on Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
nl
pt
du
an
1.8 Cruise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
itte
y li
erm
ab
1.9 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ility
ot p
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
wit
, is n
h re
2.1 Overview - Engine Compartment Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
hole
spec
2.2 Generator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
2.6 Starter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
2.13 Voltage Stabilizer J532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

a
do
priv
cum
3 Diagnosis and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
for
en
ng
t.
3.1 Generator, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
yi Co
op py
3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
3.3 Starter, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
4 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
20
AG.
4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

4.2 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.3 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.4 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.5 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.6 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.7 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.8 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.9 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.10 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.11 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4.12 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.13 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.14 Voltage Regulator, Bosch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.15 Voltage Regulator, Valeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.16 Ribbed Belt Pulley Without Freewheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.17 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Bosch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.18 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Valeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.19 Voltage Stabilizer J532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
90 - Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Contents i
Golf 2009 ➤
1.1 Instrument Cluster General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.2 Service Interval Display, Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.1 Rear Side of Instrument Cluster, Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.2 Instrument Cluster Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3 Warning Lamp Symbols In Instrument Panel Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3 Diagnosis and Testing agen . . . . . . . . . A
AG. Volkswagen . G . d. o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
ksw es
3.1 Instrument bCluster,
yV
ol Replace . . . . . . . . . . n.o.t g.u.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
ed ran
4 Removal ho and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ris te 66
t
4.1 Instrument
ss
au
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r a. c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
ce
le
un
92 - Wiper/Washer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
1.1 Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ot
wit
, is n
1.2 Hoses, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
h re
hole
1.3 Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
spec
1.4 Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.5 Washer Fluid Line Hose Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.6 Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.7 Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
rrectness of i
1.8 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
l purpos

2.1 Headlamp Washer System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
nform
ercia
2.2 Rear Window Washer System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

m
2.3 Rear Window Wiper System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

com
tion in
2.4 Windshield Washer System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

r
te o
thi
2.5 Windshield Wiper System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
3.1 Headlamp Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

ng
t.
yi Co
op
3.2 Headlamp Washer System, Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
C py
t. rig
gh
3.3 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
3.4 Rear Window Spray Nozzle, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.5 Rear Window Wiper Blade Park Position, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.6 Windshield Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.7 Windshield Wiper Blades, Adjusting Park Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.8 Wiper Motor Alternating Park Position Function, Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.1 Headlamp Spray Nozzle Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.2 Headlamp, Spray Jet Telescoping Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.3 Headlamp Spray Jet Telescoping Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.4 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.5 Joint-Free Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.6 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.7 Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.8 Windshield Spray Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.9 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.10 Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.11 Windshield Wiper Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.12 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.13 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing (Manufacturer TRW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.14 Rear Window Spray Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.15 Rear Window Wiper Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.16 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.17 Rear Window Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ii Contents
Golf 2009 ➤
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

1.1 Access/Start Authorization, KESSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
1.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
1.3 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
1.4 Front Side Marker Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
1.5 Halogen Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
1.6 Headlamp Mounting Tabs, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
1.7 HID Headlamps, Usage and Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
1.8 HID Headlamp
agen
AG. Voand
lkswaCornering
gen AG
does Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
ksw
1.9 byRearV ol
Side Marker Lamps . . .no. t .gu. a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ed r
1.10
oris Start System Button E378 . . . . . . a.nt.ee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
th or
au1.11 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010 ac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
ss
1.12 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , through 05/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1.13 Steering Column Switches, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
an
itte
y li
1.14 Steering Column Switches, With KESSY, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
erm
ab
ility
1.15 Turn Signal and Entry Lamp in Exterior Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
ot p
wit
1.16 Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
, is n
h re
hole

spec
2.1 Access/Start Authorization Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.2 Fog Lamp, Golf Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.3 Fog Lamp, GTI Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.4 Halogen Headlamps Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
rrectness of i
2.5 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

l purpos
2.6 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

2.7 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
nform
ercia
2.8 Rear Lid Tail Lamps Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

m
2.9 Side Panel Tail Lamps Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

at
om
io
2.10 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010, Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

n
c
in t
or
2.11 Steering Column Switch, from 06/2010, Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

his
ate
do
riv
2.12 Steering Column Switch with KESSY, from 06/2010, Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
p
cum
or
2.13 Overview - Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

f
en
ng
t.
yi
2.14 Overview - Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3.1 by c
Access/Start Authorization Antennae and Sensors, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
lksw
cted agen
Prote
3.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
AG.
3.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 , Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.4 Fog Lamps, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.5 Headlamp, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.6 Headlamps, Correcting Installation Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.7 Headlamp Power Output Stage, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.8 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.9 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.10 HID Headlamp, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.11 High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb M25 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.12 Ignition Switch, through 05/2010, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.13 Ignition Switch, from 06/2010, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.14 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , through 05/2010, Coding . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.15 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , from 06/2010, Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.16 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , With KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding
........................................................................ 143
3.17 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 , With KESSY, from 06/2010,
Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.18 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Contents iii
Golf 2009 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o o t gu
yV
db ara
ir se nt
3.19 Swivel Module PositionuthSensor,
o Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ee.o.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. 144
a a
3.20 Front Parking Aid Sensor,
ss Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. 144
ce
e
3.21 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
nl
pt
du
an
3.22 Parking Aid Warning Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
4.1 ot p
Access/Start Authorization Antennas and Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
wit
, is n
h re
4.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
hole
spec
4.3 Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror W52 / Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior
es, in part or in w
Rearview Mirror W53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
t to the co
4.4 Entry Lamp in Exterior Mirror, Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
4.5 Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
rrectness of i
4.6 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
4.7 Front Side Marker Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
l purpos
4.8 Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

4.9 Halogen Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
nform
ercia
4.10 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

m
at
4.11 High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb M25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
om
ion
c
4.12 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, through 05/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
in t
or
his
e
4.13 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

at
do
riv
4.14 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

p
cum
for
4.15 Start System Button E378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
en
ng
t.
yi Co
4.16 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Cop py
t. rig
4.17 Steering Column Switch, Without KESSY, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
4.18 Steering Column Switch, With KESSY, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.19 Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
4.20 Parking Aid Control Module J446 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
4.21 Front Parking Aid Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
4.23 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
4.24 Parking Aid Warning Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
4.25 Parking Aid Button E266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
5 LED Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
5.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
5.2 Side Panel LED Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
5.3 Rear Lid Tail Lamps with LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
6 Parallel Parking Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6.2 Overview - Parallel Parking Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6.3 Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
6.4 Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
6.5 Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
6.6 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
6.7 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
6.8 Parallel Parking Assistance Button E581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
7 Rearview Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
7.2 Overview - Rearview Camera System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
7.3 Rearview Camera Housing, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
8 High Beam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
8.2 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
8.3 Light Recognition Sensor G399 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
96 - Interior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
iv Contents
Golf 2009 ➤

1.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
1.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
1.3 Engine Compartment Lamps and Switches . V.ol.ks.w.a.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
n AG en A
1.4 Front Door Lamps and Switchesolks. w. a.g.e . . . . . . . . . . . . G. d. o.e.s n. o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
yV tg
1.5 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone d b Horn H7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ua. ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
ise nte
1.6 Instrument Panel Lamps ut
hoand Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
r
275
r
1.7 Lost Ignition Key . . s.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a
276
ce
e
1.8 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
nl
pt
du
an
1.9 Rear Door Lock Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
itte
y li
erm
ab
1.10 Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
ility
ot p
1.11 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
wit
, is n
1.12 Switches in Center Console Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
2.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
t to the co
3.1 Alarm Horn H12 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
rrectness of i
3.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
l purpos
3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

3.4 Emergency Flasher Switch E3 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
nf
ercia
3.5 Fazit System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
orm
3.6 Horns, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
m
atio
m
3.7 Ignition Key, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

o
n in
or c
3.8 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Vehicle Inclination Sensor Deactivation
thi
te
Button E360 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
3.9 New Identity When Replacing All Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
o
m
f
en
ng
3.10 Remote Key, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
4.1 Alarm Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
4.2 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cted
284
agen
Prote AG.
4.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
4.4 Buttons in Center Console Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
4.5 Front Hood Contact Switch F266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
4.6 Front Door Lamps and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
4.7 Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
4.8 Instrument Panel Lamps and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
4.9 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Vehicle Inclination Sensor Deactivation
Button E360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
4.10 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
4.11 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
4.12 Rear Door Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.13 Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.14 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1.3 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1.4 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.5 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.6 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.7 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.8 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Contents v
Golf 2009 ➤
1.9 Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
2.1 Left E-box in Engine Compartment Fastener Tightening Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
3.1 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
3.2 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Locking, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
3.3 Automatic Unlocking when Key Removed, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
3.4 Automatic Locking at 15 km/h, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
3.5 Blinking Cycle during Comfort Blinking, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.6 Comfort Locking Confirmation, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.7 Comfort Operation via Radio-Frequency Remote, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.8 Coming Home Time, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.9 Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.10 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
3.11 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
3.12 Factory Mode, Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
3.13 Footwell Light Dimmer Value, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
3.14 Leaving Home Time, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
3.15 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (D) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 . . . . 323
3.16 Remote Control Key, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
3.17 Single Door Opening, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
3.18 Vehicle ElectricalwaSystem
gen AG ControlnModule
. Volkswage AG
does J519 , Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
ks
3.19 Visual Acknowledgment
y Vol
for Locking, Adapting
not
gu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
edb ara
4 Removalhoris
and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nt.ee. o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
ut
4.1 Data
ss Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a ra
325
4.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
ce
e
nl
pt
du
4.3 E-Box Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

an
itte
y li
4.4 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.5 Instrument Panel Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

wit
, is n
4.6 Left Engine Compartment E-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

h re
hole
4.7 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

spec
4.8 Relay Carrier In Left Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.9 Relay Carrier on Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
4.10 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
4.11 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
rrectness of i
4.12 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

l purpos
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

6 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
vi Contents
Golf 2009 ➤
27 – Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

1 General Information
(Edition 01.2015)
⇒ “1.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Battery, General Information”, page 1
⇒ “1.3 Battery Types”, page 2
⇒ “1.4 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 2
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Testing”, page 3
⇒ “1.6 Battery, Charging”, page 3
⇒ “1.7 B+ Cable Mount on Generator”, page 3
⇒ “1.8 Cruise Control System”, page 4
⇒ “1.9 Generator”, page 4
1.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions
WARNING
Risk of injury. Observe warning notes and safety precautions.

Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”,
gen AG
. Volkswagen AGpage 1 !
d a oes
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Caution
ss
au ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
In order to prevent damage to the battery or vehicle, observe

du
an
itte
battery type descriptions and notes. Refer to

y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.3 Battery Types”, page 2 .

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
All instructions and Information on This Chapter. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐

spec
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; General

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Information .
1.2 Battery, General Information

rrectness of i
l purpos
WARNING

nf
ercia
Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”, page 1 !

rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
Caution
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. General Information 1
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Golf 2009 ➤ horis
eo
ut
ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
All Instructions and Information on This Chapter. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Information .
ility
ot p
wit
1.3 Battery Types
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
WARNING
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
Information .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
1.4 Battery Post/Terminal
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

Caution

2 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

Golf 2009 ➤
All Instructions and Information on this Chapter. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐

Information .
1.5 Battery, Testing

Information .
1.6 Battery, Charging

Information .
1.7 B+ Cable Mount on Generator
Caution
If the B+ wire is not tightened to the specification, the following

may occur:
♦ Battery will not be completely charged.
♦ The complete electrical/electronics systems may fail (dis‐
abled vehicle). swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
♦ Fire hazard due
se
dto
by arcing. ara
nte
i
or e
♦ Damage toautelectronic
h
components and control modules or ac
caused by
s excessive voltage.
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Caution
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual when disconnecting

hole
spec
and connecting the battery. Refer to

es, in part or in w
⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20 .

t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Check the generator. Refer to Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting

& Component locations.
nform
mercia
a
com
– Torque specification of B+ wire nut -arrow- is 20 Nm.

ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
1.8 Cruise Control System

Information .
1.9 Generator
Caution

Note

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
2 Description and Operation

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Engine Compartment Battery”, page 5
2.5L ⇒ “2.2 Generator Overview”, page 6
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
2.0L TDI ⇒ “2.3 Generator Overview”,
olks
wag page 8 does
not
y V gu
db ara
2.0LTFSI ⇒ “2.4 Generator
rise Overview”, page 10 nte
ho eo
ut
Golf R ⇒ “2.5 Generator
ss a Overview”, page 11 ra
c
ce
le
2.5L Manual ⇒ “2.6 Starter Overview”, page 12

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2.5L Automatic ⇒ “2.7 Starter Overview”, page 13
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2.0LTFSI Manual ⇒ “2.8 Starter Overview”, page 14
wit
is n
h re
Golf R ⇒ “2.9 Starter Overview”, page 15
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
2.0L TDI Manual ⇒ “2.10 Starter Overview”, page 16
t to the co
2.0LTSI DSG ⇒ “2.11 Starter Overview”, page 17
2.0L TDI DSG ⇒ “2.12 Starter Overview”, page 18
rrectne
⇒ “2.13 Voltage Stabilizer J532 ”, page 18
s
2.1 Overview - Engine Compartment Bat‐
s o
cial p
f i
tery
nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
Note
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
By removing the battery negative terminal clamp (current disrup‐

pr
cum
r
fo
tion), safe work on the electrical system is guaranteed. Discon‐

en
ng
t.
necting the battery positive (B+) terminal must only be performed
yi Co
op
as required to remove battery from vehicle, and must only be car‐
C py
t. rig
gh
ried out after the negative (-) terminal is disconnected. However,
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
observe notes for connecting battery in any case. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Description and Operation 5

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Battery Terminal Clamp

Ground Wire
❑ Read and follow the in‐
formation about the bat‐
tery terminal threaded
connection. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Battery Post/Ter‐
minal”, page 2
2 - Mounting Nut, Battery Ter‐
minal Clamp Ground Wire
❑ 6 Nm
❑ M6
3 - Battery Terminal Clamp
Positive Wire
❑ Read and follow the in‐
formation about the bat‐
tery terminal threaded
connection. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Battery Post/Ter‐
minal”, page 2
4 - Mounting Nut, Battery Ter‐
minal Clamp, Positive Wire
❑ 6 Nm
❑ M6
5 - Battery
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Battery”,
page 22
6 - Clamping Plate
7 - Mounting Bolt, Clamping
Plate
❑ 35 Nm n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ M8 x 35 d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
2.2 Generator Overview
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Caution
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
6
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Internal Multipoint Bolt

❑ 25 Nm
❑ M8 x 60
2 - Internal Multipoint Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 25 Nm lksw
agen oes
not
o
❑ M8 x 110 byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
3 - Hex Socket Head Bolts auth ra
ss c
❑ 25 Nm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ M8 x 30
an
itte
y li
❑ Quantity: 4
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4 - Generator Cap
wit
, is n
h re
5 - Phillips Head Screws
hole
spec
❑ 2 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ M4 x 20
6 - Cap for the Carbon Brushes
rrectness of i
7 - Voltage Regulator
l purpos
❑ Removing and installing

voltage regulator. Refer
to
nform
ercia
⇒ “4.15 Voltage Regula‐

m
tor, Valeo”, page 53
at
om
ion
c
8 - Generator
in t
or
his
te
❑ Generator, removing
a
do
riv
and installing. Refer to

p
cum
or
⇒ “4.10 Generator”,
f
en
ng
t.
yi
page 39
Co
Cop py
.
❑ Generator (GEN),
ht rig
rig ht
by
checking. Refer to copy Vo
by lksw
⇒ “3.1 Generator, cted agen
Prote AG.
Checking”, page 19
❑ Securing B+ wire to
generator. Refer to ⇒ “1.7 B+ Cable Mount on Generator”, page 3
❑ Generator ribbed belt pulley, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.16 Ribbed Belt Pulley Without Freewheel”, page 54 ,
⇒ “4.17 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Bosch”, page 55 or
⇒ “4.18 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Valeo”, page 56
9 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Ribbed belt, checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 19
10 - Collar Bolts
❑ 25 Nm
❑ M8 x 90
❑ Quantity: 2
11 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
12 - Lower Idler Pulley with Bracket
❑ For air conditioning compressed ribbed belt
13 - Air Conditioning Compressor Ribbed Belt Tensioner
❑ 35 Nm
14 - Generator and Coolant Pump Ribbed Belt Tensioner
❑ 35 Nm

Golf 2009 ➤
15 - Socket Head Bolt

❑ 8 Nm
❑ M6
16 - Upper Idler Pulley with Bracket
17 - Accessories Bracket
❑ For generator and A/C compressor
18 - Centering Sleeves
❑ Quantity: 2
No Illustration
♦ M8 B+ line nut to the rear side of the generator - 20 Nm
♦ M5 wire clamp nut to the rear side of the generator - 3.2 Nm
Caution

Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
8
AG.
Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Hex Bolt with Washer and

Threaded Piece
❑ 2 Nm
❑ M4 x 20, M4 x 15
2 - Generator Cap
❑ 2 Nm
❑ M4 x 20
4 - Cap for Carbon Brushes
to
6 - Generator
page 42
checking. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Generator,
generator. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 B+ Cable Mount
on Generator”, page 3
❑ Generator ribbed belt wage
es n
pulley, removing and in‐ yV
olks ot g
ua
stalling. Refer to ed b ran
ris
⇒ “4.16 Ribbed Belt Pul‐ utho tee
or
ley Without Freewheel”, ss
a ac
page 54 ,
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
7 - Ribbed Belt
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Ribbed belt routing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Glow Plug; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Removal
and Installation h re
hole
spec
❑ Ribbed belt, checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 19
es, in part or in w
t to the co
8 - Collar Bolts
❑ 20 Nm
rrectness of i
❑ M8 x 90
l purpos
No Illustration
nform
ercia
♦ M5 wire clamp nut to the rear side of the generator - 3.2 Nm

m
at
om
io
♦ M8 A/C compressor mounting bolts to the accessories bracket

n
c
in t
or
- 23 Nm
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Caution

Note

1 - Collar Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8 x 110
❑ 2 Nm
❑ M4 x 19
3 - Washer n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ M5 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
4 - Phillips Head au Screw
th or
ac
ss
❑ 4.5 Nm
ce
le
un
pt
❑ M5 x 21
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
5 - Nut
pe
ility
❑ 20 Nm
ot
wit
, is n
h re
❑ M8
hole
spec
6 - Flat Hex Nut

es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ M8
7 - Generator Cap
rrectness of i
8 - Phillips Head Screw

l purpos
❑ 2 Nm
❑ M4 x 13
nform
ercia
m

com
tion in

r
te o
thi
to
s
iva

do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
10 - Generator
Co
Cop py
. rig
t
gh ht
yri by
and installing. Refer to cop Vo
by lksw
⇒ “4.12 Generator”, page 45 cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Generator (GEN), checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Generator, Checking”, page 19
❑ Securing B+ wire to generator. Refer to ⇒ “1.7 B+ Cable Mount on Generator”, page 3
❑ Removing and installing the ribbed belt pulley. Refer to
⇒ “4.16 Ribbed Belt Pulley Without Freewheel”, page 54 ,

Golf 2009 ➤
11 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 13 ;
Removal and Installation
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 19
❑ Ribbed belt routing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Removal
and Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
No Illustration ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
♦ B+ lead: 20 Nm aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
♦ Belt Pulley To Generator: 80 Nm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1 - Hex Bolt with Washer and
h re
Threaded Piece
hole
spec
❑ 2 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ M4 x 20, M4 x 15
2 - Generator Cap
rrectness of i
l purpos
❑ 2 Nm
❑ M4 x 20
nform
ercia
4 - Cap for the Carbon Brushes

m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or

his
te

a
do
riv
to
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
6 - Generator
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
❑ Generator, removing Prote
cted agen
AG.
page 50
checking. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Generator,
generator. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 B+ Cable Mount
on Generator”, page 3
the ribbed belt pulley.
Refer to
⇒ “4.18 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
ley with Freewheel, Va‐
leo”, page 56
7 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 13 ;
Removal and Installation .
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 19
❑ Ribbed belt routing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Removal
and Installation

Golf 2009 ➤
8 - Collar Bolts
❑ 25 Nm
❑ M8 x 90
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Not Illustrated o lksw not
y V gu
d b ara
se nte
♦ M5 wire holder
thori nut to the back of the generator - 3.2 Nm eo
au ra
♦ B+ leads20 Nm
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Belt pulley with free-running hub to the generator 80 Nm
du
an
itte
y li
erm
2.6 Starter Overview
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Starter
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Starter”,
page 23
rrectness of i
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Starter, Check‐
l purpos
ing”, page 19
2 - Connection B+ Wire to
nf
ercia
Starter orm
m
atio
m
3 - Mounting nut B+ Wire to

o
n in
c
Starter
or
thi
te
sd
❑ 20 Nm
iva
o
r
rp
cu
❑ M8
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
4 - Starter Bolts
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ 75 Nm
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ M12
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Cap
6 - Mounting Nuts, Wiring
Bracket
❑ 23 Nm
❑ M8
7 - Wiring Bracket

Golf 2009 ➤

1 - Starter lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
❑ Removing and instal‐ ir se
d b ran
ling. Refer to utho tee
or
⇒ “4.4 Starter”, ss
a ac
page 25
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ing”, page 19
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
2 - Connection, B+ Wire to
h re
Starter
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Nut, B+ Wire to Starter
t to the co
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8
rrectness of i
4 - Starter Bolts
l purpos
❑ M12 = 75 Nm
❑ M10 = 40 Nm
nf
ercia
o
5 - Cap
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
No Illustration
♦ Mounting bolt for air filter housing to body - 10 Nm

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Starter
ling. Refer to
page 27
ing”, page 19
Starter
3 - Mounting Nut B+ Wire to
Starter
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8
4 - Starter Bolts
❑ 80 Nm
❑ M12
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8
6 - Cap
7 - Wiring Bracket Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8
8 - Wiring Bracket
- - Mounting Bolt, Air Filter
Housing to Body AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 10 Nm olksw not
V gu
d by ara
❑ Not illustrated
orise nte
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
14
by c lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Starter
ling. Refer to
page 30
ing”, page 19
Starter
3 - Mounting nut B+ Wire to . Volkswage
Starter n AG n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
❑ 20 Nm ed by gu
ara
ris nte
❑ M8 utho eo
r
sa ac
4 - Starter
s
Bolts
ce
le
un
pt
❑ 80 Nm
an
d
itte
y li
❑ M12
rm
ab
pe
ility
5 - Cap
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Bracket spec
es, in part or in w
❑ 23 Nm
t to the co
❑ M8
7 - Wiring Bracket
rrectness of i

l purpos
Housing to Body
❑ Not illustrated
nform
ercia
❑ 10 Nm
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Starter
ling. Refer to
page 31
ing”, page 19
Starter
Starter
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8
4 - Starter Bolts
❑ 75 Nm
❑ M12
5 - Cap
Bracket AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ 23 Nm Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
❑ M8 rise
d
nte
tho eo
7 - Wiring Bracket ss au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
No Illustration
l purpos
♦ Screw, air filter housing to body - 10 Nm

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Starter
ling. Refer to
page 34
ing”, page 19
Starter
Starter
❑ 20 Nm
❑ M8
4 - Starter Bolts
❑ M10
❑ 40 Nm
❑ M12
❑ 75 Nm
5 - Cap
Housing to Body
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Not illustrated
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Starter
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ling. Refer to ksw
agen oes
not
l
⇒ “4.9 Starter”, byV
o gu
ara
page 36 rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Checking. Refer s aut to ra
c
⇒ “3.3 Starter,s Check‐
ce
le
ing”, page 19
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Starter
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
3 - Mounting Nut B+ Wire to
h re
Starter
hole
spec
❑ 20 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ M8
4 - Starter Bolts
rrectness of i
❑ M12 = 75 Nm
l purpos
❑ M10 = 40 Nm
5 - Cap
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
No Illustration
♦ Screw, air filter housing to body - 10 Nm
2.13 Voltage Stabilizer - J532-

The voltage stabilizer is installed inside the instrument panel be‐
hind the glove compartment. It stabilizes the voltage fluctuations
in the vehicle electrical system, which are caused by the Stop/
Start System, to 12 volts.
This is What Happens if the Voltage Stabilizer is Faulty:
If the voltage stabilizer should be faulty, vehicle equipment such
as the radio, the radio/navigation system or the telephone will re‐
set if the voltage supply is insufficient when the starter is operated.
If the mentioned electrical components should be faulty when the
Stop/Start System is working, the components will reset each time
the engine is started. Currently there is no entry in the diagnosis
interface or the vehicle electrical system control module DTC
memory if the voltage stabilizer malfunctions. If the radio, the ra‐
dio/navigation system and the telephone all malfunction at the
same time, first check the fuse for the voltage stabilizer.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor Golf 2009
eo ➤
u ra
ss a Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
3 Diagnosis and Testing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.1 Generator, Checking”, page 19
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 19
ole,
spec
⇒ “3.3 Starter, Checking”, page 19
t to the co
3.1 Generator, Checking
rrectne
– Generator - C- , Checking, use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
in “Guided Fault Finding”.
s
3.2 Ribbed Belt, Checking
s o
cial p
f inform
– Check the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance; Rep. Gr. 03 .
mer
atio
m
3.3 Starter, Checking

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Starter - B- , Checking, use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in

t
sd
va
“Guided Fault Finding”.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Diagnosis and Testing 19

Golf 2009 ➤
4 Removal and Installation

⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20
⇒ “4.2 Battery”, page 22
2.5L Manual ⇒ “4.3 Starter”, page 23
2.5L Automatic ⇒ “4.4 Starter”, page 25
2.0L TFSI Manual ⇒ “4.5 Starter”, page 27
Golf R ⇒ “4.6 Starter”, page 30
2.0L TDI Manual ⇒ “4.7 Starter”, page 31
2.0L TSI DSG ⇒ “4.8 Starter”, page 34
2.0L TDI DSG ⇒ “4.9 Starter”, page 36
2.5L Manual ⇒ “4.10 Generator”, page 39
2.0L TDI ⇒ “4.11 Generator”, page 42
2.0L TFSI ⇒ “4.12 Generator”, page 45
Golf R ⇒ “4.13 Generator”, page 50
⇒ “4.14 Voltage Regulator, Bosch”, page 52
⇒ “4.15 Voltage Regulator, Valeo”, page 53
⇒ “4.16 Ribbed Belt Pulley Without Freewheel”, page 54
⇒ “4.17 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Bosch”, page 55
⇒ “4.19 Voltage Stabilizer J532 ”, page 58 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting orised ara
nte
eo
h
ut ra
Special tools and workshop equipment required ss a c
ce
le
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
WARNING
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Risk of injury. Observe warning notes and safety precautions. h re

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
Always ensure the vehicle electrical system is protected by dis‐

connecting the battery negative (-) terminal (interrupted current
flow to ground) prior to servicing key areas of the electrical system
nform
ercia
as specified in this Repair Manual. Disconnecting the battery pos‐

m
itive (B+) terminal must only be performed as required to remove

a
com
tio
battery from vehicle, and must only be carried out after the neg‐
n in
ative (-) terminal is disconnected. However, observe notes for

r
te o
thi
connecting battery in any case.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Disconnecting
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ t. C rig
gh ht
move ignition key. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
Vehicles withria
se Battery Housing
d
nte
tho eo
u
– Opensslocking
a mechanism -arrow- and remove battery box ra
c
cover.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Vehicles with a Battery Jacket
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Open the top -1- of the battery jacket.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– First, disconnect the battery terminal clamp of ground wire

-1- from the battery negative terminal.
– Then, remove battery terminal clamp of positive wire -2- from
battery positive terminal.
Connecting
Caution
Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals.

Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 2 .
Note
After connecting the battery and switching on the ignition, the

ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp - K155- and electromechanical power
steering indicator lamp come on and stay on. The indicator lamps
go out automatically when vehicle is driven a distance straight
ahead at 15-20 km/h (9-12 mph). This activates Steering Angle
Sensor - G85- .
– Connect the positive wire battery terminal clamp -2- to the

battery positive terminal and tighten the mounting bolt to the
specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Engine Compartment Battery”, page 5 .
4. Removal and Installation 21

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015 lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
e
– Connect the ground cable -1- to the battery horinegative
s terminal nte
eo
and tighten the mounting bolt to the specification.
aut Refer to ra
c
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Engine Compartment s Battery”, page 5 .
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Perform the work procedures in the table.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Work Steps Required After Connecting Battery
ility
ot p
wit
Work steps Completed?
, is n
h re
Turn on ignition using ignition hole
spec
key or start button and switch
es, in part or in w
t to the co
off again.
Read the DTC memory: use the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
rrectness of i
l purpos
Clock: Check clock time set‐

ting, set anew if necessary.
nform
ercia
Electrical window regulators:

– Open and close windows to
m
at
each end stop respectively.
om
ion
c
in t
or
– With window closed, then
his
ate
pull switch until relay
do
priv
switches audibly.
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Check comfort switching of
Co
Cop py
power window. While com‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
fort switching is operated, p by
o Vo
by c lksw
window must close without Prote
cted agen
holding the switch.
AG.
Check function: all electrical

consumers.
If necessary, the table can be printed out.
– Close the battery housing or jacket.
4.2 Battery
Special tools and workshop equipment required
WARNING

Removal
– Disconnect the battery. Refer to

Golf 2009 ➤
– Open the battery housing or the jacket in the direction of the

-arrow- and remove it from the battery.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove mounting screws -1- and remove retaining bracket
an
d
itte
-2-.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Fold handles -arrows- upward (if present) and take out battery.
m
Installation
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Caution
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
If battery is not secured properly, the following risks are pos‐

fo
en
ng
sible:
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
♦ Shortened battery service life due to vibration damage
t
gh ht
yri by
(explosion hazard). cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ if battery is not secured properly, the plates within the bat‐
AG.
tery can be damaged.

♦ Damage to battery casing caused by bracket (possible
electrolyte leakage, high subsequent costs).
♦ Inadequate crash safety.
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

– Tighten the threaded connections to the specification given in
the assembly overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Engine Compartment Battery”, page 5 .
– After installing, verify battery is properly seated.
– Connect battery. Refer to
4.3 Starter
Removal

Golf 2009 ➤
swage es n
– Remove the engine cover and the air filter. Refer by V to ⇒ Engine
olk ot g
ua
Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. ir se Gr. 24 ; Removal
d ran
tee
and Installation . utho
or
a ac
ss
– Slide the cap off the solenoid switch in the direction of the
ce
le
un
-arrow-.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove positive wire -1- and disconnect harness connector
nform
of terminal 50 -2-.
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the ground wire from the starter bolt -arrow-.
– Remove mounting bolt for starter -arrow-.

– Remove noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
50 ; Removal and Installation .

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove nut -1- from lower mounting bolt of starter.

– Remove wire retainer -2-.
– Remove lower mounting bolt for starter -arrow-.
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the starter downward and out from the vehicle.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Installation
t to the co
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.6 Starter Overview”, page 12 .
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
4.4 Starter
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Hose Clip Pliers - VAS5024A-
Removing:
– Release and disconnect the connectors -1- and -2-.
– Loosen spring clamp -3- and remove air hose.
– Remove both bolts -arrows-.

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Golf 2009 ➤ ksw
ag does
not
Vol
Electrical Equipment
ed
by - Edition 01.2015 gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
– Pull engine air cover
ss
a with filter upward in direction of ra
c
-arrows- and remove from vehicle.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
-arrow-.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

of terminal 50 -2-.
– Remove nut -1- from upper starter mounting bolt.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
autho
Golf 2009 ➤e or a
ss Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015 c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove upper mounting bolt for starter -arrow-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
50 ; Body Front; noise insulation .
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove starter downward from vehicle.

Installing:
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten all the threaded connections to the tightening specifi‐
cation.
4.5 Starter
Removal

Golf 2009 ➤
– Release and disconnect the connector -1- and loosen the

spring clamp -2- using Hose Clip Pliers - VAS5024A- .
– Release retaining tabs -arrows- and remove cover.
– Remove the hose -arrow- from the air filter housing and re‐
move it from the vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove air filter housing mounting bolt -arrow-.

t to the co
– Pull the air filter housing upward out of the rubber mountings
and remove it from the vehicle.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Slide the cap off the solenoid switch -1- in the direction of the
-arrow-.
– Release and disconnect the terminal 50 connector -1-.

– Remove the nut -2- and disconnect the positive terminal -3-
from the solenoid switch.

– Remove noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body AExterior;
G. VolkswaRep. Gr.
gen AG
50 ; Removal and Installation . lkswagen does
no o t gu
yV
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the nut -1- from lower mounting bolt of starter.

t to the co

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove mounting bolt for starter -arrow-.
lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
– Remove the starter downward
ris
ed and out
b
from the vehicle. ara
nte
ho eo
Installation aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following: un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
4.6 Starter
rrectne
s
s o
cial p
f i
nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
Removing
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
– Remove screws -2-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Loosen the spring clamps -1- using Hose Clip Pliers - gh ht
yri by
VAS5024A- and push them onto the engine cover. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the intake hose -3-.
-arrow-.

Golf 2009 ➤

of terminal 50 -2-.
– Remove ground (GND) wire from starter mounting bolt
-arrow-.

50 ; Description and Operation .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the nut -1- from lower mounting bolt of starter.

h re
hole
– Remove wire retainer -2-. spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
– Remove the starter downward and out from the vehicle.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Installing
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. Note the
gh ht
pyri by
following:
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten all threaded connections to the specification. Refer to
4.7 Starter

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
– Pull off engine cover upward -arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Disconnect harness connector -1-, loosen spring-type clamp
hole
spec
-2- using Hose Clip Pliers - VAS5024A- and disconnect vac‐
es, in part or in w
uum hose -3-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
– Remove mounting bolt for air filter housing -arrow-.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect hose -arrow- from air filter housing and remove it.
– Pull off air filter housing upward out of brackets and remove it.
-arrow-. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
of terminal 50 -2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Remove upper mounting bolt for starter -arrow-. Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
– Remove noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. gh ht
yri by
50 ; Removal and Installation . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove starter.
ility
ot p
wit
Installation
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
4.8 Starter
o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Removal cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release and disconnect the connector -1- and loosen the
spring clamp -2- using Hose Clip Pliers - VAS5024A- .

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the hose -arrow- from the air filter housing and re‐
move it from the vehicle.
– Remove air filter housing mounting bolt -arrow-.

– Pull the air filter housing upward out of the rubber mountings
and remove it from the vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
-arrow-.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
35
Prote AG.
4. Removal and Installation
Golf 2009 ➤
. Volkswagen AG
wa gen AG d
– Remove positive wire -1- andVdisconnect
olks harness connector
oes
not
gu
of terminal 50 -2-. ed by ara
n ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove starter upward and out of vehicle. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Installation
agen
Prote AG.

4.9 Starter
Removal

Golf 2009 ➤
– Pull off engine cover upward in direction of -arrows-.
– Disconnect harness connector -1-, loosen spring-type clamp

-2- using Hose Clip Pliers - VAS5024A- and disconnect vac‐
uum hose -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove mounting bolt for air filter housing -arrow-.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om

n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect hose -arrow- from air filter housing and remove it.
– Pull off air filter housing upward out of brackets and remove it.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
-arrow-.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
n
c
in t
of terminal 50 -2-.
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unclip wire -1- from wiring harness -2-.

Golf 2009 ➤

– Remove starter upward and out of vehicle.

Installation
4.10 Generator
♦ Locking Pin - T10060A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Caution Vo lksw not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
and connecting the battery. Refer
ss a to c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removal
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

Gr. 50 ; Removal and Installation .
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Caution
o
n in
or c
thi
e
Before removing ribbed belt, mark the top side and direction of
t
sd
iva
travel. When installing, pay attention to correct running direc‐

r
rp
cu
o
tion and installation position. If the belt is installed in the oppo‐

f
en
ng
t.
site running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will
yi Co
op py
fail! t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel

Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Removal and Installation .
– Release and disconnect connector -1- and remove air condi‐
tioning compressor bolt -2-.
– Remove the both bolts -arrow- and remove the A/C compres‐
sor from the accessories bracket.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
♦ Make sure that both centering sleeves are not lost.
rrectness of i
♦ Hoses on A/C compressor can remain connected.
l purpos
♦ Tie A/C compressor -2- to a suitable place with wire -1- until it
is ready to be installed again.
nform
mercia
♦ Make sure that connected hoses are not pulled off or kinked.
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
– Remove the both bolts -arrows- and then remove the lower
f
en
ng
t.
yi
idler roller -1- from the auxiliary component bracket.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the three bolts -arrows- and then remove the upper
idler roller -1- from the auxiliary component bracket.
– Disconnect the DF connector -2- and remove the cap -1-.

– Remove the nuts and disconnect the B+ lead -arrow- from the
generator.
– Remove the wire holder -3- from the generator.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and then remove the tensioning

rollers -1 and 2 -.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove upper generator bolt -arrow-.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the screw on the bottom of the generator -arrow- and

remove the generator.
Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen Caution oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
e
♦ When installinghoan
ris already used ribbed belt, note direction ntee
of travel marked
au
t
when it was removed! or
ac
ss
♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all drive ac‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
cessories (generator, air conditioner compressor) are se‐
an
itte
y li
cured in place.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
wit
seated in the belt pulley!
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
Before assembling the air conditioning compressor, make sure

both centering sleeves are inserted in the threaded holes in the
auxiliary component bracket.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- out of generator housing approxi‐

o
n in
or c
mately 4 mm in the direction of the -arrow-.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Screw wire retainer -arrow- firmly to rear side of generator in

eight o'clock position.
Caution


⇒ “2.2 Generator Overview”, page 6 .
– Start the engine and verify that the belt is running properly.
4.11 Generator

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agenElectrical Equipment
oes - Edition 01.2015
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Caution aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
rrectne
Removal
ss
o
cial p
f i
nform
mer
– Pull off engine cover upward in direction of -arrows-.
atio
om
n
– Remove the air shroud with Coolant Fan - V7- and, if equipped,
c
i
or
n thi
Coolant Fan 2 - V177- . Refer to ⇒ Engine; Rep. Gr. 19 ;
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- . Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ Engine; Rep. Gr. 23 ; Removal and Installation .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Fuel Mixture rig ht
py by
Vo
Preparation; Rep. Gr. 24 ; Removal and Installation .
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
site running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will
fail!
– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel

Injection and Glow Plug; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Removal and Installa‐
tion .
– Disconnect the connector -1-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove A/C compressor screws -arrows-.
Note

♦ Tie up the A/C compressor with wire until it is time to install it.
♦ Make sure the hoses are not pulled off or kinked.
AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
– Disconnect the DF lead connector -1-.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Pry off cap -2-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove nut -1- and B+ wire below from generator connector
wit
threads.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove nut -3- and remove wiring bracket -2- from generator.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove both of the bolts -1- and the nut -2- for the fuel filter
-3- and lay them aside. The fuel hoses can remain connected.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth or
ac Golf 2009 ➤
ss Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove both generator mounting bolts -arrows-. itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the generator upward to the left and out of the vehicle.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Installation
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Caution
t to the co
♦ When installing an already used ribbed belt, note direction
of travel marked when it was removed!
rrectness of i
♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all compo‐
l purpos
nents (generator, A/C compressor) are securely fastened.

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
priv
c
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- out of generator housing approxi‐
um
for
en
mately 4 mm in the direction of the -arrow-.
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Screw wire retainer -arrow- firmly to rear side of generator in

three o'clock position.
Caution


– Turn off the engine.
4.12 Generator

Golf 2009 ➤
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Note olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
Check the generator. Refer toh Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting
or eo
ut ra
& Component locations. ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Removal
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Disconnect connector coupling -arrow-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
– Loosen spring clamp -arrow- using Hose Clip Pliers -

a
do
riv
VAS5024A- .
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove screws -arrows-.

– Remove charge air hose from vehicle.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Loosen the clamp -1- and pull the hose -2- off the EVAP can‐
ister.
Note
The bracket for the EVAP canister is shown removed in the fol‐
lowing illustration. It is not necessary to remove the bracket in
order to unlock the filter.
– Lift the tab -arrow- with a screwdriver and remove the EVAP
canister -1- from the bracket -2-.
– Move the EVAP canister -1- to the side with the hose still con‐
nected.
Caution
site running direction or eisn Apositioned
G. Volkswageincorrectly,
n AG d the belt will
fail! olks
wag oes
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
– Remove
s au the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical,r acFuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Removal and Installation .
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Remove both screws -arrows- and move the coolant pipes and
y li
erm
ab
the hose -1- upward so that there is enough space to remove

ility
ot p
the generator.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The coolant pipes and the hose can remain connected.

rrectness of i

l purpos
nf
ercia
or
– Remove A/C compressor screws -arrows-.

m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

– Remove three screws -arrow- and remove A/C compressor
from bracket.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Tie the A/C compressor to a suitable place under the vehicle
t to the co
with wire -1- until it is ready to be installed.
♦ Make sure that hoses -2- are not pulled off or kinked.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
– Remove both lower bolts -arrows- on the generator.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove both upper bolts -arrows- on the generator.
– Turn the generator slightly to the left in order to be able to
access the connections on the back of the generator.

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. VolkswageElectrical
n AG d Equipment - Edition 01.2015
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
– Disconnect the DF lead connectored-1-.by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Pry off cap -1-.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the nut -2- and B+ wire -1- below from generator con‐ by c lksw
cted agen
nector threads.
Prote AG.
– Remove generator upward and out of vehicle.

Installation
Caution

♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all compo‐
nents (generator, A/C compressor) are securely fastened.
Caution



Golf 2009 ➤
4.13 Generator
♦ Hose Clip Pliers - VAG1921-
Removing
– Remove the intake manifold -4-.
– To do this, open the clamps on the intake manifold -3- and then
remove the manifold.
– Open the clamps -1- on the intake amanifold
gen AG
. Vol-4- using the
kswagen AG
doeHose
Clip Pliers - VAG1921- , remove olkswthe intake manifold from s no
the
t gu
y V
intake connections andrisremove
ed b
the intake manifold from the arant
engine compartment.ut
ho
ee
or
sa ac
– Remove the engine
s
cover -2-. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Pro‐
ce
le
cedures; Rep. Gr. 03 .

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Open the clamp -5- with the Hose Clip Pliers - VAG1921- and
ss
remove the connecting hose -6- from the EVAP canister -4-.
o
cial p
f in
– Remove the pressure retaining valve and the connecting hose

form
mer
-2- from the EVAP canister -4-.

atio
m
– Release the catch -1- and remove the EVAP canister -4- from
o
n
c
i
or
the mounting.
thi
te
sd
va
– Remove the bolt -3- and move the pipe lines upward.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, yi

t.
Co
Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 ; Removal and Instal‐ t. Cop py
lation .
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2- from the refrigerant lines.
– Loosen the generator -3- bolts -2- approximately five turns.

– Remove the threaded bushings on the generator using a ham‐
mer and tapping gently on the bolts -2- to make it easier to
remove the generator -3-.
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Remove the generator -3- from the bracket -1-.
– Removed the nut -1- and then remove the wire holder from the agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
generator. Volksw not
g y ua
db ran
– Pry off cap -2-. Remove the nut underneath and then oremove
ris
e
tee
the B+ wire from the threaded connector on the generator.
auth or
ac
ss
– Disconnect the DF lead connector -1-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the generator -1- to the right in the direction of the

-arrow- and out of the vehicle. At the same time move the
loosened refrigerant lines -2- slightly to the side.
Installing
. Volkswagen AG
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. Note thekswagen AG does
not
following: Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
Caution ss
au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Make sure the ribbed belt fits correctly on the belt pulley. ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
the overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Generator Overview”, page 11 .
t to the co
– Reconnect the battery. Refer to
rrectne
s
s o
cial p
f inform
4.14 Voltage Regulator, Bosch
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Caution
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual when disconnecting rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Note

Removal
– Remove generator.
– Remove mounting bolt and nuts -arrows- (4.5 Nm) and remove
the cap from generator.
– Remove mounting bolts of voltage regulator -arrows- (2 Nm).

Golf 2009 ➤
– Take voltage regulator out of generator.

Installation
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.
cation.
4.15 Voltage Regulator, Valeo

♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Note horis nte
eo
aut ra
s c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removal
ility
ot p
wit
– Remove generator.
, is n
h re
hole
– Remove clamping rings -arrows- and remove protective cap
spec
from generator.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove mounting bolts of voltage regulator -arrows- (2 Nm).
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Take voltage regulator out of generator.

p
cum
for
en
g
Installation
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Release retaining tabs in direction of -arrows- and remove the

cap from voltage regulator.
– Push carbon brushes into voltage regulator housing and insert
voltage regulator into generator.
cation.
– Slide the cap into guide rails -arrows- until it engages audibly.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.16 Ribbed Belt Pulley Without Freewheel
♦ Generator Belt Socket - 3310- rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
Caution
m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi

s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Note py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removal
– Remove generator. Refer to:
♦ 2.5L ⇒ “4.10 Generator”, page 39
♦ 2.0L TSI ⇒ “4.12 Generator”, page 45
♦ 2.0L TDI ⇒ “4.11 Generator”, page 42
– Tighten the generator in a vise at the mounting points.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Use the Generator Belt Socket - 3310- to remove the ribbed

belt pulley nut from the generator shaft.
Installation
– Tighten the threaded connection to 65 Nm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
4.17 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel,
an
itte
y li
Bosch
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos

⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20 . nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Removal rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Remove generator. Refer to: cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the cap from ribbed belt pulley with freewheel.
– Insert Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- into ribbed belt pulley with
freewheel of generator using open end wrench 17 mm.
– Insert a multipoint socket insert M10 -1- in generator shaft.
– Hold the generator shaft and loosen the ribbed belt pulley with
freewheel by turning it to the left using an open-end wrench.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Hold the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel steady. Turn the
generator input shaft until it is possible to remove the ribbed
belt pulley with freewheel.
Installation
– Next, screw ribbed belt pulley with freewheel onto generator
driveshaft by hand until it reaches stop.
The Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- must be rear‐
ranged for installing ribbed belt pulley with freewheel as follows:
– Disengage socket -1- and pull it off handle part -2-.

– Turn around handle part -2- of torque wrench 180° and insert
socket again.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to left at socket.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Insert a multipoint socket insert M10 -1- in generator shaft.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
– Counter hold the Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- using a 17 mm

ab
ility
open end wrench.

ot p
wit
is n
– Tighten ribbed belt pulley with freewheel by turning generator

h re
ole,
driveshaft toward left using Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm -

spec
VAG1332- .
t to the co

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
4.18 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Va‐
Co
Cop py
t. rig
leo
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote AG.


Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1-
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
Check the generator. Refer to Wiring diagrams,
hor Troubleshooting eo
& Component locations. aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Removal
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove generator. Refer to:
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the cap from ribbed belt pulley with freewheel.
rrectness of i
– Insert Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- into ribbed belt pulley with
l purpos
freewheel of generator using open end wrench 17 mm.

– Insert Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1- into generator
nf
ercia
o
shaft.
rm
m
atio
m
– Hold the generator shaft and loosen the ribbed belt pulley with
o
n in
c
freewheel by turning it to the left using an open-end wrench.

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Hold the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel steady. Turn the
iv
o
r
rp
cu
generator input shaft until it is possible to remove the ribbed
o
m
f
en
ng
belt pulley with freewheel.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installation
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following: by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Next, screw ribbed belt pulley with freewheel onto generator
driveshaft by hand until it reaches stop.
The Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- must be rear‐
ranged for installing ribbed belt pulley with freewheel as follows:

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Disengage socket -1- and pull it offd bhandle
yV part -2-. gu
ara
rise nte
– Turn around handle part -2- ofut torque wrench 180° and insert
ho eo
ra
socket again. ss a c
ce
e
nl
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to left at socket.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Insert Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1- into generator
rrectness of i
shaft.
l purpos
– Counter hold the Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- using a 17 mm

open end wrench.
nf
ercia
o
– Tighten ribbed belt pulley with freewheel by turning generator
rm
m
driveshaft toward left using Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm -
atio
m
VAG1332- .
o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.19 Voltage Stabilizer - J532-

Removal
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove both plastic nuts -arrows- and remove the voltage
stabilizer -2-. Pay attention to the wires still connected, to‐
gether with the bracket -1-.
– Remove the voltage stabilizer -2- from the bracket -1-.
Installation
– Tighten the plastic nuts to 1.5 Nm.

Golf 2009 ➤
5 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
♦ Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1-

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Special Tools 59
Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Generator Belt Socket - 3310-

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
by
Vol not
gu Golf 2009 ➤
d ara
orise Electrical Equipment
nte - Edition 01.2015
h eo
aut ra
ss c
90 – Instruments
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.1 Instrument Cluster General Information”, page 61
hole
spec
⇒ “1.2 Service Interval Display, Resetting”, page 61
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.1 Instrument Cluster General Information
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Additional information:
nf
ercia
orm
m
Refer to Self Study Program No. 423; Golf MY 2009.
atio
om
n in
c
General Description:
or
thi
te
sd
a
The following components are integrated in the instrument clus‐

iv
o
r
rp
cu
ter:
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Speedometer cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Tachometer
♦ Fuel gauge
♦ Coolant temperature gauge
♦ Multifunction indicator
♦ Indicator lamp. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Warning Lamp Symbols In Instrument Panel Insert”,
page 62 .
To audibly support the visual displays of the instrument panel in‐
sert, the control module activates a warning buzzer.
All indicator lamps have LEDs. Servicing the instrument cluster is
not planned. In the event of malfunctions, the complete instrument
cluster must be replaced. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Instrument Cluster, Replace”, page 65 .
The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- (Gateway)
is designed as a separate control module and not a component
of the instrument cluster as it is for various other vehicles. Refer
to
⇒ “3.10 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, Gateway”, page
322 .
DTC Recognition and Display:
The instrument cluster is equipped with On Board Diagnostic
(OBD) capabilities which assists with troubleshooting.
Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
1.2 Service Interval Display, Resetting

– Reset the Service Interval Display. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance
Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “2.1 Rear Side of Instrument Cluster, Description”, page 62
⇒ “2.2 Instrument Cluster Connector Assignment”, page 62
⇒ “2.3 Warning Lamp Symbols In Instrument Panel Insert”, page
62
2.1 Rear Side of Instrument Cluster, De‐

scription
Note
Do not disassemble instrument cluster. In the event of malfunc‐

tions, replace complete instrument cluster.
1- Warning buzzer
2- 32-pin harness connector
2.2 Instrument Cluster Connector Assign‐

ment
Connector assignment of connections on instrument panel. Refer
to Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
2.3 Warning Lamp Symbols In Instrument

Panel Insert
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Assignment of warning lamps in instrument
ss a cluster is depend‐ ra
c
ent on equipment, country and engine versions of vehicle.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle

itte
y li
equipment. Therefore, the arrangement of the control lamps

erm
ab
may deviate from the illustration.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
62 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Engine Malfunction Indica‐

tor Lamp (E-Gas, Electric Pow‐
er Control)
❑ The indicator lamp is on‐
ly on gasoline vehicles
2 - Fuel Filler Door Indicator
Lamp
❑ Fuel filler door not
closed or closed incor‐
rectly
3 - Generator Control Lamp
❑ Malfunction in generator
4 - Engine Oil Pressure Control
Lamp
❑ Engine oil pressure too
low
❑ Stop engine and check
oil level
5 - Parking Brake Indicator
Lamp
❑ Parking brake activated
6 - Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR)
Indicator Lamp
❑ ASR was deactivated
manually
7 - Rear Fog Lamp Control
Lamp
❑ Switched on
8 - High Beams Control Lamp
❑ High beams switched
on or headlamp flasher AG. Volkswagen AG d
operated agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
9 - Airbag System/Belt Tensioner System rIndicator
ise
d
Lamp nte
ho eo
❑ Airbag and/or belt tensioner system
s aut
faulty ra
c
s
10 - Brake Pad Indicator Lamp
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ Brake pads worn

itte
y li
erm
ab
11 - Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Control Lamp

ility
ot p
wit
❑ Malfunction
is n
h re
ole,
12 - Rear Lid Open Indicator Lamp

spec
❑ The rear lid is open or not latched completely

t to the co
13 - Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) Indicator Lamp

❑ Flashing: Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) regulating
rrectne
❑ Illuminated: ESP malfunction or switched off

s
14 - Brake System Indicator Lamp

s o
cial p
❑ Brake fluid level too low or brake system malfunction

inform
mer
15 - Cruise Control System Indicator Lamp

atio
m
❑ Cruise control vehicle is regulating vehicle speed

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
16 - Seat Belt Control Lamp

t
sd
iva
o
r
❑ Fasten seat belts!

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
17 - Tire Pressure Monitor Control Lamp

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ The pressure in a tire is too low or there is a system malfunction
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
63
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Description and Operation
Golf 2009 ➤
18 - Lane Assist Indicator Lamp

19 - Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Lamp
❑ Daytime running lamps switched on
20 - "Depress Foot Brake" Indicator Lamp
❑ Illuminated: Request from the DSG transmission
❑ Flashing: Button on selector lever not pressed
❑ Indicator lamp only present in vehicles with a DSG transmission
21 - “Reserve” Fuel Level Indicator Lamp
22 - Lane Change Assist Indicator Lamp
23 - Door Open Indicator Lamp
❑ One or more doors are open or not closed completely
24 - SCR Indicator Lamp
❑ Indicator lamp only present in vehicles with Diesel engine
25 - Convertible Top Indicator Lamp
26 - Emissions Warning Lamp (OBD) AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Exhaust system malfunction olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
nte
27 - Electromechanical Power Steering
horis
Indicator Lamp eo
ut ra
❑ Illuminates yellow: Reduced
ss a
electromechanical power steering c
ce
le
❑ Illuminates red: electromechanical power steering failure

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
28 - Electronic Parking Brake Indicator Lamp
rm
ab
pe
ility
Parking brake activated
ot
wit
, is n
h re
29 - Engine Coolant Temperature Control Indicator Lamp
hole
spec
❑ Coolant temperature is too high or
es, in part or in w
❑ Coolant level is too low t to the co

30 - Washer Fluid Level Indicator Lamp
rrectness of i
❑ Washer fluid level too low

l purpos
31 - Bulb Failure or Cornering Lamp System Malfunction Indicator Lamp

❑ Illuminated: Bulb failure or malfunction in dynamic cornering light (variable front lighting)
nform
ercia
❑ Flashing: Malfunction in dynamic cornering light (variable front lighting)

m
32 - Surrounding Area Observation System Indicator Lamp

com
tion in
❑ Switched on
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “3.1 Instrument Cluster, Replace”, page 65
3.1 Instrument Cluster, Replace

Work procedure “replace instrument cluster” contains the follow‐
ing scope of work:
♦ If a new instrument cluster is installed in the vehicle, the control
module for instrument cluster must be set to the various equip‐
ment characteristics and corresponding country version.wage
es ks not
Vol gu
♦ In order to adapt the integrated anti-theft eimmobilizer
db
y to the ara
nte
Engine Control Module (ECM), data from thorisECM must be stored eo
in the replacement instrument cluster.
sa
u ra
c
s
ce
le
♦ Also, all ignition keys must be adapted after installation of a

un
pt
new instrument cluster.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Replace instrument cluster using the Vehicle Diagnostic Test‐
ility
ot p
er in “Guided Fault Finding”.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “4.1 Instrument Cluster”, page 66
4.1 Instrument Cluster
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Prior to replacing the instrument cluster.
ris Refer to
ed
nte
⇒ “3.1 Instrument Cluster, Replace”,aupage
tho
65 . Perform the pro‐ eo
ra
cedure to check the data stored ins the control module.
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removal
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐
ility
ot p
move ignition key.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
It is not necessary to remove the steering wheel.
rrectness of i
– Pull steering wheel all the way out and lock it in the lowest
position.
l purpos
– Remove upper section of steering column trim. Refer to ⇒
nform
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation .
mercia
– Remove mounting bolts -arrows- of instrument cluster.
at
om
ion
c
– Pull the instrument cluster back out of the instrument panel
in t
or
while being careful of the connected wires.
his
ate
do
priv
c
– Tilt the bracket -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and discon‐
um
for
nect the connector -2-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Take the instrument cluster out of the vehicle.

Installation

Golf 2009 ➤
92 – Wiper/Washer Systems
⇒ “1.1 Headlamp Washer System”, page 67
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
⇒ “1.2 Hoses, Repairing”, pageo67
lksw
ag does
not
byV gu
ara
⇒ “1.3 Rear Window Washer rised
System”, page 67 nte
ho eo
ut
⇒ “1.4 Rear Windowss Washer System”, page 68
a ra
c
ce
e
⇒ “1.5 Washer Fluid Line Hose Connections”, page 68

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper System”, page 68
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.7 Windshield Washer System”, page 69
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.8 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir”, page
hole
69
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.1 Headlamp Washer System
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
Refer to Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component loca‐
on
c
in t
tions.
or
his
ate
Refer to the Owner's Manual.

do
priv
cum
or
General Description
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
When the headlamps are switched on, the washer system will
C py
ht. rig
wash them every fifth time the windshield wipers are used when rig ht
py by
Vo
the washer lever is pulled toward the steering wheel for at least
co lksw
by
cted agen
1.5 seconds. Prote AG.
After assembly work or when first operating headlamp cleaning

system, it must be ventilated to ensure proper function of lift cyl‐
inders and spray nozzles. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Headlamp Washer System, Bleeding”, page 77 .
DTC Recognition and Display
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is equipped with
On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists in troubleshooting.
1.2 Hoses, Repairing

Information .
1.3 Rear Window Washer System
Caution

Golf 2009 ➤
Note

1.4 Rear Window Washer System
Note

tions.
1.5 Washer Fluid Line Hose Connections

trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Description
and Operation .
1.6 Windshield Wiper System
AG. Volkswagen AG d Caution

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Follow the procedure ise
d bin the Repair Manual when disconnecting ara
nte
and connecting
thor
the battery. Refer to
eo
⇒ “4.1 Battery,
ss a Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20 .
u ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
General Description
l purpos
The Wiper Motor Control Module - J400- is integrated with the

Windshield Wiper Motor - V- .
nform
ercia
To remove wiper blades, wiper arms must be driven into “service/

winter position”. The “service/winter position” is activated by op‐
m
at
erating windshield wiper lever in “one-touch wiping” position with‐

om
ion
in 10 seconds after switching off ignition. Refer to the Owner's

c
in t
or
manual.
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is equipped with

n
t.
yi Co
op
On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists in troubleshooting. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
68 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

Golf 2009 ➤
1.7 Windshield Washer System
Note

1.8 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid

Reservoir
Tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning sys‐
tem is in three parts and designed to be fitted together. In order
to guarantee the correct position of the parts with respect to each
other, make sure that guides present on the individual compo‐
nents engage in each other during assembly.
1 - Filler tube for tank for windshield washer system and headlamp
cleaning system
2 - Filler tube connecting pipe to tank (is removed and installed
together with tank)
3 - Washer fluid reservoir
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
There are two different Vversions
olks
w
of the windshield eand
s no headlamp
t gu
washer fluid reservoir
d bydepending on the vehicle equipment ara level.
ise n r tee
ho
♦ Tank for windshield
au
t
washer system and headlamp cleaningor ac
ss
system, removing and installing. Refer to
ce
e
⇒ “4.6.2 Windshield and Headlamp Washer System Reser‐

nl
pt
du
an
voir”, page 86 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir, removing

ility
ot p
and installing (GTI). Refer to

wit
, is n
⇒ “4.6.3 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir,

h re
GTI”, page 87 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “2.1 Headlamp Washer System Overview”, page 70
⇒ “2.2 Rear Window Washer System Overview”, page 72
⇒ “2.3 Rear Window Wiper System Overview”, page 73
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer System Overview”, page 73
⇒ “2.5 Windshield Wiper System Overview”, page 75
2.1 Headlamp Washer System Overview
1 - Spray Nozzle Holder with

Spray Nozzle, Right AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Washer jet retainer, re‐ olksw not
yV gu
moving and installing. ised b ara
nte
Refer to ut
hor eo
⇒ “4.1 Headlamp Spray ss a ra
c
Nozzle Holder”,
ce
e
nl
page 80
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Spray nozzles, adjust‐
erm
ab
ing. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.1 Headlamp Wash‐
wit
, is n
er System Spray Noz‐
h re
hole
zles, Adjusting”,
spec
page 77
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Lift cylinder for spray
nozzles, Golf, removing
rrectness of i
⇒ “4.2 Headlamp, Spray
Jet Telescoping Cylin‐
l purpos
der”, page 81
❑ Lift cylinder for spray
nform
ercia
nozzles, Golf R, remov‐

ing and installing. Refer
m
at
to
om
ion
⇒ “4.3 Headlamp Spray
c
in t
or
Jet Telescoping Cylin‐ his

ate
der”, page 82
do
priv
cum
or
2 - Spray Nozzle Holder with

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Spray Nozzle, Left
Co
Cop py
. rig
❑ Washer jet retainer, re‐
ht ht
rig by
py
moving and installing. co Vo
by lksw
Refer to
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “4.1 Headlamp Spray
Nozzle Holder”,
page 80
❑ Spray nozzles, adjust‐
ing. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Headlamp Wash‐
er System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 77
❑ Lift cylinder for spray nozzles, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Headlamp, Spray Jet Telescoping Cylinder”, page 81
3 - Angle Coupling
❑ Connection to lift cylinder for left spray nozzle
❑ Washer hose couplings, overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Washer Fluid Line Hose Connections”, page 68
4 - Hose
5 - Angle Coupling
❑ Connection to lift cylinder for right spray nozzle

Golf 2009 ➤
❑ Divides washer fluid line to spray nozzles of headlamp cleaning system
6 - T-Connection
❑ Divides washer fluid line to spray nozzles of headlamp cleaning system
7 - Angle Coupling
8 - Filler Tube for Tank for Windshield Washer System and Headlamp Cleaning System
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir”, page 69
9 - Washer Fluid Reservoir
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.6.2 Windshield and Headlamp Washer System Reservoir”, page 86
❑ Removing and installing (GTI). Refer to
⇒ “4.6.3 Windshield and Headlamp
gen AG
. VolksWasher
wagen AGFluid Reservoir, GTI”, page 87
d wa oes
olks no
10 - Angle Coupling d by V t gu
ara
se nte
❑ Connection ton ho Headlamp Washer Pump - V11-
ri eo
au ra
❑ Washer hose
ss couplings, overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Washer Fluid
c Line Hose Connections”, page 68
ce
e
nl
11 - Headlamp Washer Pump - V11-
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.4 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 ”, page 83
erm
ab
ility
ot p
12 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
wit
, is n
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 ”, page 90
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
No Illustration
Telescopic cylinder for spray jets to front bumper cover - 4.5 Nm
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Golf 2009 ➤ oris nte
eo
th
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
2.2 Rear Window Washer System Overview
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1 - Connecting Piece
wit
is n
h re
❑ Separating point be‐
ole,
spec
tween wiring harness of
passenger compart‐
t to the co
ment to wiring harness
of rear lid
❑ Washer hose couplings,
rrectne
overview. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Washer Fluid
s
Line Hose Connec‐
s o
cial p
tions”, page 68
f inform
mer
2 - Spray Nozzle for Rear Win‐
atio
dow Washer System
om
n
c
❑ Inside the high-mounted
i
or
n thi
e
brake lamp or in the

t
sd
va
spoiler on the edge of

i
o
pr
cum
the roof
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Spray nozzle, Golf, re‐
Co
op py
placing. Refer to
. C rig
ht ht
rig
⇒ “4.14.1 Golf”, py by
o Vo
page 98
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Spray nozzle, GTI, re‐
placing. Refer to
⇒ “4.14.2 GTI”,
page 98
❑ Adjusting spray nozzle.
Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Rear Window
Spray Nozzle, Adjust‐
ing”, page 77
3 - Angle Coupling
❑ Connection to spray
nozzle of rear window
washer system
overview. Refer to
Line Hose Connections”, page 68
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir”, page 69
⇒ “4.6.3 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir, GTI”, page 87
6 - Angle Coupling
❑ Connection to Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59-
7 - Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59-
⇒ “4.7 Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 ”, page 88

Golf 2009 ➤
9 - Hose
❑ Hose repair. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Hoses, Repairing”, page 67
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
2.3 Rear Window Wiper System Overview d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
1 - Cap
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
2 - Nut
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 12 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
3 - Wiper Arm
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Wiper Arm”, page 99
❑ Adjusting park position.
rrectness of i
Refer to
l purpos
Wiper Blade Park Posi‐

tion, Adjusting”,
page 77
nform
ercia
4 - Gasket
m
at
om
io
❑ Inside the rear window
n
c
in t
or
his
e
5 - Rear Window Wiper Motor

at
do
riv
- V12-
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
ling. Refer to
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Wiper Motor V12 ”, page p by
co Vo
lksw
99
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - M6 Nut with Washer
❑ 8 Nm
7 - Rubber Ring
8 - Spacer
9 - Windshield Wiper
ling. Refer to
Wiper”, page 100
2.4 Windshield Washer System Overview
Note
Three different versions of reservoir for windshield washer and

headlamp cleaning systems are installed, depending on the ve‐
hicle equipment level. Illustration shows the version for vehicles
without parking heater.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Y-Connection
❑ Divides washer fluid line
to the windshield wash‐
er spray nozzles
2 - Right Spray Nozzle for
Windshield Washer System
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.8 Windshield Spray
Nozzles”, page 89
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Windshield
Washer System Spray
Nozzles, Adjusting”,
page 78
3 - Left Spray Nozzle for Wind‐
shield Washer System
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.8 Windshield Spray
Nozzles”, page 89
❑ Adjusting. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “3.6 Windshield lkswagen oes
not
Washer System d bySpray
Vo gu
ara
Nozzles, Adjusting”,
orise nte
page 78 auth eo
ra
ss c
4 - Angle Coupling
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Connection at spray
an
itte
y li
nozzle for windshield

erm
ab
washer system, left

ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
overview. Refer to
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
Line Hose Connec‐

t to the co
tions”, page 68
5 - Hose
rrectness of i
❑ Hose repair. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Hoses, Repairing”, page 67

l purpos
6 - Angle Coupling
❑ Connection at spray nozzle for windshield washer system, right
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
e
⇒ “4.6.1 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir Filler Neck”, page 85
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
8 - Filler Tube Connecting Tube to Reservoir

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
❑ Removed and installed together with reservoir
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

⇒ “4.6.3 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir, GTI”, page 87
10 - Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59-
⇒ “4.7 Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 ”, page 88
11 - Angle Coupling
❑ Connection to Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59-

Golf 2009 ➤

No Illustration
♦ Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir to body - 8
Nm.
2.5 Windshield Wiper System Overview
1 - Mounting Nuts, Wiper Arm

to Linkage
❑ 20 Nm
2 - Windshield Wiper
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Joint-Free Wind‐
shield Wiper”,
page 84
❑ Adjusting park position. AG. Volkswagen AG d
Refer to lksw
agen oes
not
⇒ “3.7 Windshield Wiper d byV
o gu
ara
Blades, Adjusting Park orise nte
Position”, page 78 aut
h eo
ra
ss c
3 - Wiper Arms
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ling. Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “4.11 Windshield Wip‐
ility
ot p
er Arms”, page 93
wit
, is n
h re
4 - Bolts for Wiper Frame with
hole
spec
Linkage to Body
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Wiper Frame with Linkage rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
l purpos
⇒ “4.10.3 Wiper Frame

with Linkage and Wiper
Motor, Removing”, page
nf
ercia
92
rm
m
atio
m
6 - Windshield Wiper Motor - V-

o
n in
c
with Wiper Motor Control Mod‐

or
thi
e
ule - J400-
t
sd
iva
o
r
❑ For removing and instal‐

rp
cu
o
ling the wiper frame. Re‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi
fer to
Co
op py
⇒ “4.10.4 Wiper Motor”, page 92
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
❑ Wiper Motor Control Module - J400- coding/deactivating the APP Function. Refer to copy Vo
by lksw
⇒ “3.8 Wiper Motor Alternating Park Position Function, Deactivating”, page 79 cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Rubber Grommet in the Bulkhead

❑ Note installation instructions. Refer to ⇒ “4.10.1 Windshield Wiper System”, page 91
No Illustration
♦ Screws, windshield wiper motor to wiper frame and linkage -
8 Nm
♦ Windshield wiper motor crank to windshield wiper motor shaft
- 18 Nm

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Screws, windshield wiper motor to wiper frame and linkage -

9 Nm
♦ Wiper motor crank to wiper motor shaft hex nut - 21 Nm
♦ Wiper motor crank to wiper motor shaft hex collar nut - 25 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “3.1 Headlamp Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”,
page 77
⇒ “3.2 Headlamp Washer System, Bleeding”, page 77
⇒ “3.3 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Coding”, page 77
⇒ “3.4 Rear Window Spray Nozzle, Adjusting”, page 77
⇒ “3.5 Rear Window Wiper Blade Park Position, Adjusting”, page
77
⇒ “3.6 Windshield Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”,
page 78
⇒ “3.7 Windshield Wiper Blades, Adjusting Park Position”,
page 78
⇒ “3.8 Wiper Motor Alternating Park Position Function, Deacti‐
vating”, page 79
3.1 Headlamp Washer System Spray Noz‐

zles, Adjusting
Adjust the headlamp spray nozzles. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance
Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
3.2 Headlamp Washer System, Bleeding

After assembly work or when first operating, headlamp cleaning
system must be ventilated to ensure proper function of lift cylin‐
ders and spray nozzles.
– Fill tank for window washer system and headlamp cleaning
system.
– Start the engine.
– Switch the headlamps to “ON”.
Volkswa
– Operate headlamp cleaning ssystem
agen several times
AG. gen AG
(3-5
does impul‐
k w
ses for every three second
by V period).
ol not
gu
a d ran
se
– If necessary, repeat ho this ventilation procedure until proper
ri tee
ut or
function of lift cylinders
ss
a and spray nozzles is obtained. ac
ce
le
3.3 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Coding

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– For coding the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Use

erm
ab
ility
the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.

ot p
wit
is n
3.4 Rear Window Spray Nozzle, Adjusting

h re
ole,
spec
Adjust the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures;

t to the co
Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
3.5 Rear Window Wiper Blade Park Posi‐

rrectne
tion, Adjusting
s

s o
cial p
f i

nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
77
op Vo
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 3. Diagnosis and Testing
Golf 2009 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
The distance -a- between wiper blade and lower edge ed
byofV wind‐ ua
ran
shield must be 34 ± 5 mm. horis tee
ut or
a ac
– If necessary, set end position of rear window
ss wiper by offset‐
ting wiper arm.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Wiper arm, removing and installing. Refer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.15 Rear Window Wiper Arm”, page 99 .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “2.3 Rear Window Wiper System Overview”, page 73 .
spec
t to the co
3.6 Windshield Washer System Spray Noz‐
rrectne
zles, Adjusting
ss o
cial p
f inform
Note
mer
atio
m
If contamination in the washer nozzle causes an uneven spray

o
n
c
i
or
n
pattern, remove the nozzle and rinse it with water in the opposite
thi
e
direction of the spray. It is permissible to further blow through in

t
sd
iva
o
opposite direction of spray with compressed air. Do not use solid
pr
cum
r
fo
objects to clean the spray nozzles!
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Adjust the windshield washer spray nozzles. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
nance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
3.7 Windshield Wiper Blades, Adjusting
AG.
Park Position
– Deactivate APP function. Refer to
⇒ “3.8 Wiper Motor Alternating Park Position Function, Deac‐
tivating”, page 79 if not already done by this time.
– Let wiper run into rest position and then switch off ignition.
– Now set the park positions of the windshield wiper blades.
Driver Side
Distance -A- between tips of wiper lips and upper edge of plenum
chamber cover must be 10 to 20 mm.
– If necessary, set park position of windshield wiper blades by
offsetting wiper arms.
Wiper arms, removing. Refer to
⇒ “4.11 Windshield Wiper Arms”, page 93 .
⇒ “2.5 Windshield Wiper System Overview”, page 75 .

Golf 2009 ➤
Passenger Side
Distance -B- between tips of wiper lips and upper edge of plenum
chamber cover must be 10 to 20 mm.
– If necessary, set park position of windshield wiper blades by
offsetting wiper arms.
Wiper arms, removing. Refer to
3.8 Wiper Motor Alternating Park Position

Function, Deactivating
The windshield wiper system is equipped with the APP function
(alternating park position).
The APP function causes the wiper at every second shut off to
move upward slightly after reaching the lowest position.
To install the motor crank on the wiper motor, it is necessary to
shut off the motor in the lowest park position. This is attained by
deactivating the APP function (code Wiper Motor Control Module
- J400- ).
Note
♦ An activation of APP function is not possible.

♦ APP function is automatically activated after 100 wiping cy‐
cles. This applies to wiper motors in which the APP function
was deactivated as well as for new wiper motors.
– Deactivate the wiper motor alternating park position using the

Vehicle Diagnostic Tester ginen“Guided
AG. VolkswFault
agen AFinding”.
G
wa does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
79
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen 3. Diagnosis and Testing
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “4.1 Headlamp Spray Nozzle Holder”, page 80
Golf
⇒ “4.2 Headlamp, Spray Jet Telescoping Cylinder”, page 81
Golf R
⇒ “4.3 Headlamp Spray Jet Telescoping Cylinder”, page 82
⇒ “4.4 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 ”, page 83
⇒ “4.5 Joint-Free Windshield Wiper”, page 84
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “4.6 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir”, page wage
n oes
olks not
85 db
y V gu
ara
e nte
ris
⇒ “4.7 Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 ”, page
tho eo
88 s au ra
c
s
ce
le
⇒ “4.8 Windshield Spray Nozzles”, page 89
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “4.9 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 ”, page 90
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “4.10 Windshield Wiper System”, page 91
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.11 Windshield Wiper Arms”, page 93
hole
spec
⇒ “4.12 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 ”, page 94
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “4.13 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing (Manufacturer
TRW)”, page 97
rrectness of i
⇒ “4.14 Rear Window Spray Nozzle”, page 98
l purpos
⇒ “4.15 Rear Window Wiper Arm”, page 99

⇒ “4.16 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 ”, page 99
nform
ercia
⇒ “4.17 Rear Window Wiper”, page 100

m
a
com
tio
4.1 Headlamp Spray Nozzle Holder
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Note
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Removing and installing the left spray nozzle holder is shown
C py
ht. rig
in the following illustrations.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Removing and installing the right spray nozzle holder is iden‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
tical.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove spray jet with cover cap -1- up to stop out of bumper
cover.
– Unclip cover cap -1- from bearings -arrows- on spray nozzle
holder.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
autho eo
ra Golf 2009 ➤
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Lift lug -arrow- slightly and pull out spray nozzle holder.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installation
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Use the spray nozzle bracket to adjust how far the cap on the
nozzle is pulled into the bumper cover. The cap will not close if
the spray nozzle bracket does not retract far enough. If the spray
rrectness of i
nozzle bracket moves with too much force, the cap and the bump‐
er cover will get damaged.
l purpos
– Slide spray nozzle holder into lift cylinder until it engages.
nform
ercia
– Place the cap on the spray nozzle holder and lower the lift
m
at
cylinder.
om
ion
c
in t
– Check cover cap for correct seating on bumper cover.
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Adjust cover cap if necessary by shifting spray nozzle holder

p
cum
into a higher or lower catch on the lift cylinder.
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly
Co
Cop py
work. Refer to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “3.2 Headlamp Washer System, Bleeding”, page 77 . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Check the spray nozzles for the headlamp cleaning system Prote AG.
and adjust if necessary. Refer to

⇒ “3.1 Headlamp Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”,
page 77 .
4.2 Headlamp, Spray Jet Telescoping Cyl‐

inder
Note
♦ Removing and installing the left spray nozzle lift cylinder is

shown in the following illustrations.
♦ Removing and installing the right spray nozzle is identical.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove spray nozzles with cover cap -1- up to stop out of
bumper cover.
holder.
– Remove front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Press the locking clip -arrow- and remove the hose connection
from the lift cylinder.
– Remove screw -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Press both tabs together in the direction of the -arrow- at the
es, in part or in w
t to the co
same time and pull the lift cylinder -2- downward and out of
the bumper cover -1-.
Installation
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Tighten all the threaded connections to the specification given

in the assembly overview. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.1 Headlamp Washer System Overview”, page 70 .

m
at
om
ion
c
work. Refer to
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
or
4.3 Headlamp Spray Jet Telescoping Cylin‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
der C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.
♦ Removing and installing the spray jet telescopic cylinder is

performed on the left side of the vehicle.
♦ Removing and installing the spray jet telescopic cylinder on
the right side is identical.
Removal
move ignition key.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove spray nozzles with cover cap -1- up to stop out of

bumper cover.
holder.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
– Press the locking clip and remove the hose connection -1-
from the lift cylinder.
– Remove the hose -3- from the spray nozzle holder -2-.
– Remove the complete spray nozzle holder -2- including the
telescopic cylinder from the bumper cover.
– Press both tabs together in the direction of the -arrow- at the

same time and pull the lift cylinder -2- downward and out of
the spray nozzle holder -1-.
Installation
wage es n
Install in reverse yV
o order of removal, noting the
lks ot following:
gu
b ara
ed
– Tighten hor all the threaded connections to the specification
is nte
eo given
ins authe assembly overview. Refer to
t ra
c
s ⇒ “2.1 Headlamp Washer System Overview”, page 70 .
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
work. Refer to
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
4.4 Headlamp Washer Pump - V11-

ole,
spec
The headlamp washer pump is installed at tank for windshield

t to the co
washing system and headlamp cleaning system in right wheel

housing.
rrectne
Note
ss o
cial p
The actual location of the headlamp washer pump may differ

f in
slightly depending on the vehicle equipment level. Removal is

form
mer
identical.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Removal
thi
te
sd
va
i
o
pr
cum
r
move ignition key.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Remove Headlamp Washer Pump -9- upward out of tank.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– To disassemble connecting tube -8-, pull securing clip at con‐

nection and pull connecting tube -8- from headlamp washer
pump.
Installation
⇒ “2.1 Headlamp Washer System Overview”, page 70 .
work. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4.5 Joint-Free Windshield Wiper
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Removal
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
♦ Right and left wiper blades may not be interchanged during
installation.
rrectness of i
♦ Joint-free windshield wipers are very flexible. Grasp wiper
l purpos
blades only in area of wiper blade mount to lift them off the
windshield.
nf
ercia
o
♦ To remove wiper blades, wiper arms must be driven into serv‐
rm
m
atio
ice/winter position. The service/winter position is activated by

om
operating windshield wiper lever in “one-touch wiping” position

n in
or c
within 10 seconds after switching off ignition.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Move wiper arms into service/winter position by moving wind‐

o
m
f
en
ng
shield wiper lever into “one-touch wiping” position within 10

t.
yi Co
op
seconds after switching off ignition. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Fold up wiper arm.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Tilt the wiper blade -1- on wiper arm all the way in direction of
Prote AG.
-arrow A-.
– Press the release button and remove the wiper blade -1- from
the wiper arm -arrow B-.
Installation
– Slide the wiper blade into the wiper blade mount until it audibly
engages.
– Turn wiper blade on wiper arm axle until it reaches stop.
– Carefully fold the wiper arm down onto the windshield.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.6 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid

Reservoir
⇒ “4.6.1 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir Filler
Neck”, page 85
⇒ “4.6.2 Windshield and Headlamp Washer System Reservoir”,
page 86
⇒ “4.6.3 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir, GTI”,
page 87
4.6.1 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid

Reservoir Filler Neck
Removal
– Disconnect connecting tube -1- from filler tube -3- of tank for
windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system.
– Unclip hose retainer from filler tube -3- and remove filler tube
-3- from vehicle.
Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
Casting mark on under side
s a of filler tube must be inserted into
ut ra
c
engine mounting hole -arrow-.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Connecting tube -1- and filler tube -2- must be joined so that the
guides -arrows- engage in each other.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.6.2 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Sys‐

tem Reservoir
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove filler tube for tank for windshield washer system and
headlamp cleaning system. Refer to
⇒ “4.6.1 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid Reservoir
Filler Neck”, page 85 . gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Remove the front bumper cover. Referd bto
y V⇒ Body Exterior; gu
ara
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Removal and Installation
orise . nte
eo
th
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
In order to prevent interchanging washer fluid line connections at
ab
pe
ility
Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59- , connections
ot
wit
at pump and hose lines are color-coded. Hose connector pieces
, is n
h re
must be connected to the corresponding colored pump connec‐
hole
spec
tions during installation.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– To release, twist the securing clips on the hose connections
-3- and -5- and disconnect them from the windshield and rear
window washer pump -4-.
rrectness of i
– If necessary, save the drained washer fluid in a suitable con‐
l purpos
tainer.
– Disconnect the Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
nform
ercia
-6- connector -7-.

m
a
com
t
– Remove windshield and rear window washer pump -4- upward
ion in
out of tank and disconnect harness connector -2-.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Pull Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- -9- upward out of tank

do
r
rp
and disconnect harness connector -10-.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the screws and nuts -arrows- and then remove the
reservoir and filler tube from the vehicle.
Installation
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer System Overview”, page 73 .
work. Refer to
4.6.3 Windshield and Headlamp Washer Fluid

Reservoir, GTI
Note
Depending on equipment, position of individual components may

differ slightly from version shown in illustration. Removal is iden‐
tical.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove filler tube for tank for windshield washer systemoland ksw
age es n
ot g
headlamp cleaning system. Refer to by V ua
ed ran
⇒ “4.6.1 Windshield and Headlamp Washer FluidoReservoir
ris tee
Filler Neck”, page 85 . au
th or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
– Remove the right headlamp:

ab
ility
ot p
♦ Headlamps with Halogen bulbs. Refer to

wit
, is n
⇒ “4.9.3 Halogen Headlamps”, page 161 .

h re
hole
spec
♦ HID headlamps and cornering lamps. Refer to

es, in part or in w
⇒ “4.10 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp”, page 172 .

t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59- , connections
at pump and hose lines are color-coded. Hose connector pieces
nf
ercia
must be connected to the corresponding colored pump connec‐

rm
m
tions during installation.

atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
87
AG.
Golf 2009 ➤

– If necessary, save the drained washer fluid in a suitable con‐
tainer.
– Disconnect the Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
-4- connector -3-.
out of tank and disconnect harness connector -2-.
– Pull Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- -9- upward out of tank
and disconnect harness connector -10-.
– Remove the screws and nuts -arrows- and then remove the
reservoir -1- and filler tube from the vehicle.
Installation
work. Refer to
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
4.7 Windshield and Rear Window Washer

an
d
itte
y li
Pump - V59-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
Depending on equipment, location of windshield and rear window

washer pump may differ slightly from illustrations. Removal is
identical.
rrectne
Removal
ss
o
cial p
move ignition key.

inform
mer
– Remove the right bumper cover or the right fog lamp, depend‐
atio
m
ing on the equipment level. Refer to

o
n
c
⇒ “4.6 Fog Lamps”, page 153 .

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Only for GTI

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
88
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Continuation for All Vehicles
Note

windshield and rear window washer pump, connections at pump
and hose lines are color-coded. Hose connector pieces must be
connected to the corresponding colored pump connections during
installation.

– If necessary, collect the draining fluid in a suitable container.
out of reservoir.
Installation
work. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.8 Windshield Spray Nozzles
wit
, is n
h re
Removal
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Press nozzle upward -arrow A- and pull out flap at rear

t to the co
-arrow B-.
– Open the hose clip -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and re‐ rrectness of i
move the hose -2- from the spray nozzle.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect the connector -3- and remove the spray nozzle

-4-.
Installation
– Connect the connector -2- and attach the hose -1- to the spray
nozzle.
– Insert the spray nozzle into the opening starting at the top until
it audibly engages.
– Adjust spray jets. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Windshield Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”,
page 78 .
4.9 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor

- G33-
Note
Depending on equipment, the component location of the wind‐

shield washer fluid level sensor may deviate slightly from the AG. Volkswagen AG d
illustrations. Removal is identical. agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
Removal hor eo
aut ra
s c
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ s
ce
le
move ignition key.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Only GTI
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the connector -1- from the windshield washer fluid
level sensor.
– Pull windshield washer fluid level sensor -2- out of its rubber
rrectness of i
seal.
l purpos
– If necessary, collect the draining fluid in a suitable container.

Installation
nform
ercia

m
a
com
– Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly tion in

r
te o
work. Refer to
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.10 Windshield Wiper System

⇒ “4.10.1 Windshield Wiper System”, page 91
⇒ “4.10.2 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 92
⇒ “4.10.3 Wiper Frame with Linkage and Wiper Motor, Remov‐
ing”, page 92
⇒ “4.10.4 Wiper Motor”, page 92
4.10.1 Windshield Wiper System

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-
Caution

Removal
⇒ “3.8 Wiper oMotor
kswageAlternating Park Position
es n Function, Deac‐
V l 79 .
tivating”, dpage
ot g
by ua
r
e an
ris te
– Let uwiper
tho run into rest position and then switch offeignition.
or
s a ac
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
In order remove the wiper frames with linkages and the wiper
hole
spec
motor, remove the wiper arms and plenum chamber cover. Refer
es, in part or in w
to ⇒ “4.11 Windshield Wiper Arms”, page 93 and

t to the co
⇒ “4.10.2 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 92 .

rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Installation
– Install the wiper frame in reverse order.
Note
While installing, securing pin -2- of wiper frame must be inserted

into grommet -1- on bulkhead.

– Connect harness connector to wiper motor connection and
engage it.
– Install the plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 64 ; Description and Operation .
– Install wiper arms. Refer to
4.10.2 Plenum Chamber Cover

Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Description and Operation .
4.10.3 Wiper Frame with Linkage and Wiper

Motor, Removing
– Remove mounting bolts -arrows- and swing wiper motor and
frame -2- upward and out of vehicle.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
4.10.4 Wiper Motor
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-

hole
spec
Removal
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pry the linkage -arrow- from the motor crank using the Pry
Lever - 80-200- .
rrectness of i
– Remove the nut -1-.

l purpos
– Remove motor crank -2- from wiper motor shaft.

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
92
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems
Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows- and remove the wiper

motor with control module from the wiper frame.
Installation
– Insert wiper motor with control module into wiper frame and
secure it with mounting bolts -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
– Place motor crank -1- onto wiper motor shaft. Distance -a- to
om
n
stop -2- must be 3 +/- 1 mm.
c
i
or
n thi
te
– Secure the motor crank and motor shaft using the hex nut sd
iva
o
r
-3-.
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Tighten the threaded connection to the specification. Refer to

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “2.5 Windshield Wiper System Overview”, page 75 . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.11 Windshield Wiper Arms

Removal
– Pry off covers -arrows- using a screwdriver.
– Remove the nut -arrows-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Slide the arms of the Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369/1- -2-
under the wiper arm -4- as shown in the illustration.
Caution
The windshield wiper shaft can be damaged.

Always use the thrust piece -3- to loosen the wiper arm.
– Turn the pressure bolt -1- on the puller clockwise until the
thrust piece -3- makes contact with the wiper shaft. Using a 6
mm socket head wrench, rotate the pressure bolt -1- on the
puller clockwise until the wiper arm -4- is loosens from the
shaft.
– Remove the puller and the wiper arm.
Installation
Note
Only tighten the wiper arm nuts to the specification after adjusting
the wiper blade park position.

⇒ “3.8 Wiper Motor Alternating Park Position Function, Deac‐
tivating”, page 79 if not already done by this time.
– With the ignition on, switch the windshield wipers on and off
again to move the wiper motor into the park position.
– Place the wiper arms on the wiper arm shafts in the approxi‐
mate park positions and tighten the nuts -arrows- by hand.
– Adjust the windshield wiper blade park position. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Windshield Wiper Blades, Adjusting Park Position”, n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
page 78 . olks es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
4.12 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397-

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The rain/light recognition sensor is designed so that it can be used

t to the co
again. The only requirement to use it again is that the connecting

pad must not be damaged.
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
Prior to reuse, ensure the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor is

nform
ercia
stored in a dust-free area, and that the silicone connecting pad

is not dirty.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
♦ If the rain sensor was replaced by another rain sensor having

a different part number, then it is necessary to code the new
rain sensor. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Coding”, page 77 .
♦ Rain sensors cannot be interchanged. Be sure to use the cor‐
rect rain sensor. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
– Disconnect electrical connection -A- from rain/light recognition
sensor -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Pry the rain/light recognition sensor -1- with a suitable screw‐

driver at the cut-out -3- from the retaining plate -2-.
Note
While removing, the complete rain/light recognition sensor and

not only the upper shell of the sensor must be pried off.
Installation
Caution
♦ Always clean the windshield surface inside the rain/light

recognition sensor bracket before installing. Remove any
traces of the connecting pad still remaining on the wind‐
shield.
♦ Surface (connecting pads) of rain/light recognition sensor
must not be soiled or damaged when installing. Always
replace a sensor that has a damaged connecting pad.
Note
If the surface (connecting pads) of rain/light recognition sensor is

soiled, it can be potentially cleaned by applying and then pulling
off one or more adhesive strips.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Clean the windshield thoroughly inside the retaining plate. Re‐ y V olk not
gu
fer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installationrised.b ara
nte
ho eo
– Where applicable, remove the cap from the new rain/light aut rec‐ ra
s c
ognition sensor. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Insert the rain/light recognition sensor -1- into the retaining
y li
rm
ab
plate -2- on the windshield and press it in securely.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Even if the sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles can form t to the co
between the windshield and the connecting pad. The contact sur‐
face must be free-of-bubbles after approximately 10 minutes.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Connect the connector -A- an secure sensor by installing har‐

ness cover.
– Install the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
– Read out the DTC memory and delete the sporadic rain sensor
fault using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
NoteAG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
With the rain sensororise disconnected the CAN-Bus can be activated nte
eo
by opening theaudoor
th
for example. A sporadic DTC memory entry ra
in the vehicles electrical system control module must be erased c
s
ce
e
after the repair.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Code the rain/light recognition sensor if necessary. Refer to
ab
ility
⇒ “3.3 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Coding”, page 77 .
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
4.13 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servic‐
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ing (Manufacturer TRW)
t to the co
Only TRW can replace the housing and optical unit if the optical
unit (coupling cushion) is damaged.
rrectness of i
There are different housings for the rain sensors because there
l purpos
are multiple manufacturers.

A replacement rain sensor housing and optical unit are always
nf
ercia
delivered with mounting clips. Remove these clips if they are not orm
needed.
m
atio
om
n in
Perform the Following:

or c
thi
te
– Remove the rain sensor. Refer to ⇒ page 95 .

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Manufacturer TRW
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Caution
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
The rain sensor electronics may be damaged.
agen
Prote AG.
Be careful not to insert the screwdriver all the way through the
housing up to the rain sensor electronics.
Do not touch the rain sensor electronics.
– Press the tab -2- on both sides and separate the upper section
-1- from the lower section -3-.
– Remove the rain sensor electronics -4- from the old lower sec‐
tion and install the new electronics the exact same way.
Caution
Do not touch the optical unit.

Remove the protective cover from the rain sensor just before
installing it.
– Assemble the new upper section with optical unit and protec‐
tive cover and the lower section.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Pry the clip and bracket -1- out of the rain sensor housing -2-
with a screwdriver.
– Install the rain sensor. Refer to ⇒ page 96 .
4.14 Rear Window Spray Nozzle

⇒ “4.14.1 Golf”, page 98
⇒ “4.14.2 GTI”, page 98
4.14.1 Golf
The spray nozzle is inside the High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb -
M25- .
Removal
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp.
agen
AGRefer toagen AG do
. Volksw
⇒ “4.11.1 Golf”, page 184 . Volksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
– Open both tabs in directionris of -arrows- and pull the spray noz‐
e
tee
utho
zle -1- out of the high-mounted brake lamp. or
a ac
ss
Installation
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Install in reverse order.

y li
erm
ab
– Adjust spray nozzle. Refer to

ility
ot p
⇒ “3.4 Rear Window Spray Nozzle, Adjusting”, page 77 .

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
4.14.2 GTI
l purpos
The spray nozzle is inside the spoiler on the edge of the roof.
nform
ercia
Removal
m
at
– Remove the spoiler on the edge of the roof. Refer to ⇒ Body

om
ion
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Removal and Installation .

c
in t
or
his
te
– Press both side tabs -arrows- together and pull the spray noz‐
a
do
riv
zle -1- out of the spoiler on the edge of the roof.

p
cum
for
en
ng
– Pull the spray nozzle out of the hose.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Installation opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
– Install in reverse order.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust spray nozzle. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Rear Window Spray Nozzle, Adjusting”, page 77 .

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Golf 2009 ➤
ksw
y Vol Electrical Equipment
not
g -
ua Edition 01.2015
db ran
rise te
tho eo
4.15 Rear Window Wiper Arm ss au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removal
wit
is n
h re
– Allow the wiper to move to the park position.
ole,
spec
– Fold cover cap -1- of rear window wiper up and unclip it.
t to the co
– Loosen nut -arrow- but do not remove completely.
– Fold up wiper arm and remove from cone moving it sideways.
rrectne
– Remove the nut -arrow- and remove the wiper arm.
s
Installation
s o
cial p
f i
– With the ignition on, switch the rear wiper on and off again to
nform
move the wiper motor into the park position.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
– Insert wiper arm on wiper arm shaft at approximate rest posi‐
r
fo
en
ng
tion and hand-tighten nut -arrow-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Note
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Only tighten the wiper arm mounting nut -arrow- to the specifica‐
tion after adjusting the park position.
– Set rest position of rear window wiper. Refer to

⇒ “3.5 Rear Window Wiper Blade Park Position, Adjusting”,
page 77 .
4.16 Rear Window Wiper Motor - V12-

Removal
– Remove the lower rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
– Remove nuts -arrows-.
– Carefully remove the rear window wiper motor from the rear
lid toward the inside.
Installation

Golf 2009 ➤
– Check seal for correct fitting in rear window opening. Marking

-1- of seal must align with marking -2- on rear window.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
4.17 Rear Window Wiper
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Removal
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
Joint-free windshield wipers are very flexible. Grasp wiper blade
rrectness of i
only in area of wiper blade mount to lift them off rear window.
l purpos
– Fold up wiper arm.
nform
ercia
– Move the wiper blade in the direction of -arrow A-.

m
– Press the release button -2- and remove the wiper blade -1-
a
com
tio
in the direction of -arrow B- from the wiper arm.
n in
r
te o
thi
Installation
s
iva
do
r
rp
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
5 Special Tools ir se
d byV ua
ran
tee
tho
or
Special tools and workshop equipment required au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
5. Special Tools 101

Golf 2009 ➤
94 – Exterior Lights, Switches

⇒ “1.1 Access/Start Authorization, KESSY”, page 102
⇒ “1.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 ”,
page 103
⇒ “1.3 Fog Lamps”, page 103
⇒ “1.4 Front Side Marker Lamp”, page 103
⇒ “1.5 Halogen Headlamps”, page 104
⇒ “1.6 Headlamp Mounting Tabs, Repairing”, page 104
⇒ “1.7 HID Headlamps, Usage and Safety Precautions”,
page 105
⇒ “1.8 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp”, page 107
⇒ “1.9 Rear Side Marker Lamps”, page 108
⇒ “1.10 Start System Button E378 ”, page 108
⇒ “1.11 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010”, page 109
⇒ “1.12 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , through
05/2010”, page 109
⇒ “1.13 Steering Column Switches, from 06/2010”, page 109
⇒ “1.14 Steering Column Switches, With KESSY, from 06/2010”,
page 112
. Volkswagen AG
⇒ “1.15 Turn Signal and Entry Lamp in Exterior Mirror”, kswagen AG does
not
page 114 Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
⇒ “1.16 Parking Aid”, page 115 tho eo
au ra
c
ss
1.1 Access/Start Authorization, KESSY
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Caution
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always per‐

h re
form the work procedure as described in the repair manual.

ole,
spec
Refer to

t to the co
rrectne
Note
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer

atio
om

c
i
or
n thi
tions.
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Access/start authorization is equipped with On Board Diagnostic

t.
yi Co
op
(OBD) which assists troubleshooting. Refer to
C py
ht. rig
⇒ “3.1 Access/Start Authorization Antennae and Sensors, Check‐ rig ht
py by
Vo
ing”, page 139 .
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
102 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

Golf 2009 ➤
General Description
The KESSY (Keyless Entry Start Stop System) regulates keyless
opening, locking and vehicle start-up.
Opening
The ID sensor in ignition key must be located within reception
range of lock location (approximately 1.5 meters). The proximity
sensor located on the inside of the door handle is activated when‐
ever the handle is touched. This then speaks to the ID sensor
inside the key and the door unlocks immediately if the identifica‐
tion is valid. Pulling the door handle opens the vehicle.
Starting
The ID sensor in ignition key must be located in the vehicle inte‐
rior. The clutch pedal must pressed on manual transmission
vehicles. If this is a DSG transmission vehicle, then the selector
must be in the P position and the brake pedal must pushed down.
Briefly push the ignition starter button. This speaks to the ID sen‐
sor in the key and if the identificationn is
AGvalid, the
. Volkswagesteering
n AG d wheel
wage oes
unlocks and the vehicle can Vbe o started.
lks not
g by ua
ed ra
It is only possible to start
ho
ris the engine with the start button if a validntee
ignition key is insideautthe vehicle. or
ac
ss
Locking
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
The ID sensor in ignition key must be located within reception
y li
erm
ab
range of lock location (approximately 1.5 meters). Touching the
ility
ot p
locking sensor on the outside of the door handle activates the
wit
sensor. This then speaks to the ID sensor inside the key and the
, is n
h re
vehicle unlocks if the identification is valid.
hole
spec
The Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- controls
es, in part or in w
all Access/Start functions. Refer to t to the co

page 103 .
rrectness of i
1.2 Access/Start Authorization Control

l purpos
Module - J518-
nform
ercia
The Access/Start authorization control module controls all Ac‐

cess/Start functions.
m
at
om
io
The Access/Start authorization control module is located in the

n
c
in t
r
footwell on the driver side above the brake pedal.

o
his
ate
do
riv
Code the “Access/Start authorization” system after replacing the

p
cum
or
Access/Start authorization control module. Refer to

f
en
g
⇒ “3.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Coding”,

n
t.
yi Co
op
page 140 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.3 Fog Lamps
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Vehicle electrical system control is equipped with On Board Di‐
agnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting at fog lights.
1.4 Front Side Marker Lamp
Note

Golf 2009 ➤

tions.
1.5 Halogen Headlamps
Note
♦ Always switch off headlamps and remove ignition key before

working on headlamps.
♦ Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting sys‐
tem is essential in the event of customer complaints.
♦ Additional information:

Headlamps from two different manufacturers are installed:
♦ Hella
♦ Valeo
Removing and installing the headlamp and its attachments is
identical except for removing and installing the headlamp range
control positioning motors and the cap behind the low beam bulb.
Vehicle electrical system control is equipped with OBD which as‐
sists Fault Finding the headlamps.
Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
1.6 Headlamp Mounting Tabs, Repairing yV
b gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
th
If one or more headlamp mounting tabs are damaged or broken
s au ra
c
off, they can be replaced by installing the repair set. It is not nec‐ s
ce
e
nl
essary to replace the entire headlamp.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Servicing an HID headlamp and cornering lamp is identical to

servicing a Halogen headlamp.
Installed Location - Repair Tabs Locations
1- Outer headlamp mountingVotab
lkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
2- Center headlamp
Vol
kswmounting repair tab not
gu
by ara
ed
3- Inner headlamp
ho
ris mounting tab nte
eo
t
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Check whether there is no further damage on the headlamp
ility
ot p
that makes installation of the repair set superfluous.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ There are two different repair sets, for the left and the right
spec
headlamp. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
t to the co
♦ The repair kit contains an outer, a center and an inner head‐
lamp mounting tab and the necessary screws.
rrectne
♦ The following illustrations show the tabs on a left headlamp.
Repairing a right headlamp is identical.
ss o
– Repairing the outer headlamp mounting tab. Refer to
cial p
f in
⇒ “4.9.9 Outer Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repairing”,
form
mer
page 170 .
atio
om
– Repairing the center headlamp mounting tab. Refer to

n
c
i
or
⇒ “4.9.1 Center Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repairing”,

thi
te
sd
page 159 .
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Repairing the inner headlamp mounting tab. Refer to

fo
en
ng
⇒ “4.9.7 Inner Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repairing”,

t.
yi Co
op
page 168 .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
1.7 HID Headlamps, Usage and Safety Pre‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
cautions
♦ Protective Eyewear
♦ Gloves
WARNING
♦ Never replace lamps when you are not familiar with the
corresponding actions, safety precautions and tools.
– Note the following whenever working on HID headlamps:

♦ Notes on hazardous high voltage/currents. Refer to
⇒ page 106 .
♦ Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/electric arc. Re‐
fer to ⇒ page 106 .
♦ Assembly notes for HID lamps. Refer to ⇒ page 107 .
♦ Disposal regulations for HID lamps. Refer to ⇒ page 107 .

Golf 2009 ➤
Notes on Hazardous High Voltage/Currents
WARNING
Light system control modules, connectors or components in

the bulb socket area conduct dangerous high voltage.
The control module and igniter may be used only on the bulb.
WARNING
• Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and

remove ignition key.
• When working on headlamp system, ensure all compo‐
nents are without voltage, including relieving residual volt‐
age after switching headlamps off.
• Residual voltages are discharged by switching low beam
on and off again after ignition key was removed. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
• Make sure lamps cannot be switched on when working ed
by V on ua
ran
headlamp system. horis tee
ut or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Notes on Pressure, Temperature and Radiation/Glare
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
WARNING
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ There are pressures from 7 bar (101 psi) (cold) to 100 bar
hole
(1450 psi) (hot) in the glass portion of the HID bulb. The
spec
hot glass of the bulb can reach temperatures of up to 700°
es, in part or in w
t to the co
C (1292° F).
♦ The glass can explode and there is a danger of burning.
rrectness of i
♦ When removing and installing HID bulbs, always wear
safety glasses and gloves.
l purpos
nf
ercia
WARNING orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
• Lamp must only be operated in headlamp housing (pro‐

or
thi
e
tection against contact because of hot lamp, absorption of

t
sd
iva
ultraviolet radiation, avoiding danger of glare, explosion

o
r
rp
cu
o
protection).
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
• Glass cones of bulbs can become very hot - danger of Cop py
t. rig
burns! gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
• Avoid looking directly into light beam, since UV radiation Prote
cted AG.
agen
of the HID lamp is approximately 2.5 times higher than that
of standard Halogen lamps.
• Avoid looking into light beam (danger of glare); vision can
be impaired for a longer period of time.

Golf 2009 ➤
WARNING
• Avoid contact with burst glass cone.

• H7 bulbs and HID bulbs (Xenon/Bi-Xenon) are under pres‐
sure and can burst when replaced - danger of injury!
• When removing and installing HID bulbs, always wear
safety glasses and gloves.
Assembly Notes on HID Lamps
Caution
♦ Before replacing a bulb, the corresponding electrical con‐

sumer must always be switched off.
♦ Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and
remove ignition key.
♦ Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers, use
clean cloth gloves. The remaining fingerprint would evap‐
orate due to the heat of the operated bulb and condense
on the reflector which would impair headlamp luminosity.
♦ A bulb must only be replaced with one of the same version.
Bulb identification can be found on bulb socket or glass
cone.
♦ Harness connectors must engage correctly when installed
and must be checked for proper connection.
Disposal regulations for HID lamps

WARNING lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
• HID lamps must be disposed of as hazardoustho waste, nev‐ tee
or
er dispose of HID lamps via domestic swaste.
s au ac
ce
le
• HID lamps contain metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of

un
pt
an
d
thallium, they must not be destroyed.

itte
y li
erm
ab
• These components must be returned for proper recycling

ility
ot p
in accordance with national legislation.

wit
is n
h re
• Dispose of only in the designated containers at the re‐

ole,
spec
sponsible collection point.

t to the co
1.8 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp

rrectne
Note
ss o
cial p
f in
♦ Before working on HID headlamps and cornering lamps, al‐

form
mer
ways switch off headlamps and remove ignition key.

atio
om
♦ Automatic Headlamp Range Control and cornering light in HID

n
c
i
or
headlamps have On Board Diagnostics (OBD).

thi
te
sd
va
♦ Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting sys‐

i
o
pr
cum
r
tem is essential in the event of customer complaints.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Additional information: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Refer to Self Study Program No. 335; Cornering lamp system.

Refer to Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting
agen
AG. Volkswage&
n AComponent
G do loca‐
tions. Volksw es n
ot g
by ua
ed ran
General Description
ho
ris tee
t or
au a
Headlamps swith
s HID lamps and cornering lamps (AFS = Adaptivec
Front lighting System) have Bi-Xenon function.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Gas discharge lamps generate only the low beam headlamp in
y li
erm
ab
standard Xenon headlamps. Bi-Xenon allows one gas-discharge
ility
ot p
lamp to generate low beam and high beam headlamp. For this
wit
purpose, an electromechanical adjuster ( Left Headlamp Reflec‐
, is n
h re
tor Adjustment Solenoid - N395- and Right Headlamp Reflector
hole
spec
Adjustment Solenoid - N396- ) opens the dimmed region of low
es, in part or in w
beam Headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high
t to the co
beam light emission results.
For this reason, the high beam is also adjusted automatically with
rrectness of i
the low beam on Bi-Xenon headlamps.
l purpos
Headlamps with HID lamps and a cornering lamp do not have

auxiliary high beams.
nf
ercia
The cornering light system has the following functions:
orm
m
♦ Swiveling low beams and high beams (dynamic cornering
atio
m
light) at vehicle speeds above 10 km/h (6 mph) and steering

o
n in
or c
angle steer. thi

te
sd
iva
♦ Cornering lamp bulb (static cornering lamp) on tight curves

o
r
rp
cu
(curve radius < 500 meters (547 yards)) or when turning and
o
m
f
en
ng
vehicle speeds under 50 km/h (31 mph).

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Automatic headlamp range control, cornering lamps and vehicle
lksw
cted agen
Prote
electrical system control are equipped with On Board Diagnostic
AG.
(OBD) which assists troubleshooting of headlamps with HID

lamps and cornering lamps.
Note
Malfunctions in the headlamp range control or AFS system are

displayed in the instrument cluster with the lamp failure indicator
lamp.
1.9 Rear Side Marker Lamps
Note
♦ The rear side marker lamp also serves as the Left Brake Lamp/
Tail Lamp Bulb - M21- or the Right Brake Lamp/Tail Lamp Bulb
- M22- .
♦ Left brake lamp/tail lamp and right brake lamp/tail lamp. Refer
to
⇒ “4.19.1 Brake/Tail Lamp and Turn Signal Lamp, Bulbs”,
page 226 .
1.10 Start System Button - E378-

Vehicles with KESSY have a Start System Button rather than an
ignition switch. The button works as an ignition lock but without a
key.

Golf 2009 ➤
1.11 Steering Column Switch, through

05/2010
Caution
The removal and installation of individual steering column

switch components must be done in a specified sequence.
Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010, Overview”,
page 130 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Note rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
♦ After installing a new Steering Column Electronics Control ss c
ce
Module - J527- , it must be coded. Refer to
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “3.14 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
an
itte
y li
through 05/2010, Coding”, page 143 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ If the steering column switch malfunctions, check the steering
wit
, is n
column electronic systems control module coding with output
h re
diagnostic test mode.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- is equipped
with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.
l purpos
For troubleshooting, use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided

Fault Finding”.
nform
ercia
1.12 Steering Column Combination Switch -

m
at
om
io
E595- , through 05/2010

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
The steering column combination switch contains the following

do
priv
components, depending on the vehicle equipment level:

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Turn Signal Switch - E2- . Refer to
Co
op py
⇒ “4.16.5 Turn Signal Switch E2 ”, page 206 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Windshield Wiper Switch - E- . Refer to
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
⇒ “4.16.6 Windshield Wiper Switch E ”, page 207 .
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Base carrier for steering column switches. Refer to

⇒ “4.16.3 Steering Column Switch Base Plate”, page 203 .
1.13 Steering Column Switches, from

06/2010
⇒ “1.13.1 Base Carrier for Steering Column Switches”,
page 109
⇒ “1.13.2 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 ”,
page 110
⇒ “1.13.3 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ”,
page 110
⇒ “1.13.4 Steering Column Switch”, page 111
1.13.1 Base Carrier for Steering Column

Switches
Removing and installing the steering column switch base carrier
differs between the two manufacturers.

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Steering column switch base carrier, Valeo, removing and in‐

stalling. Refer to
⇒ “4.17.6 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Valeo”, page
212 .
♦ Steering column switch base carrier, Kostal, removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “4.17.7 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Kostal”, page
214 .
1.13.2 Steering Column Combination Switch -

E595-
Depending on equipment, the steering column combination
switch consists of the following components and cannot be dis‐
assembled:
♦ Turn Signal Switch - E2-
♦ Windshield Wiper Switch - E-
♦ Cruise Control Switch - E45-
Removing and installing the steering column combination switch
♦ Steering column combination switch, Valeo, removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “4.17.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Va‐
leo”, page 211 .
♦ Steering column combination switch, Kostal, removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “4.17.5 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Kos‐
tal”, page 212 .
1.13.3 Steering Column Electronics Control

Module - J527- olks
wage
es n
o V t gu
by ara
The steering column electronic systemsris control module includes
ed nte
the following components and cannot
utho be disassembled: eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138-
ce
le
un
pt
an
♦ Steering Angle Sensor - G85-

d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ Remove the transportation safeguard before installing a new

es, in part or in w
steering column electronic systems control module.

t to the co
♦ After installing a new steering column electronic systems con‐

trol module, it must be coded. Refer to
rrectness of i

from 06/2010, Coding”, page 143 .
l purpos
♦ If the steering column switch malfunctions, then check the

steering column electronic systems control module coding.
nform
ercia
Refer to
m
a
com

ion in
r
te o
thi
Removing and installing the steering column electronic systems

s
iva
do
r
control module differs between the two manufacturers.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
♦ Steering column electronic systems control module, Valeo,

t.
yi Co
op
removing and installing. Refer to C py
ht. rig
⇒ “4.17.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , rig ht
py by
Valeo”, page 209 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Steering column electronic systems control module, Kostal,

removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.17.3 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Kostal”, page 210 .
1.13.4 Steering Column Switch
Caution

Refer to
⇒ “4.17.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removal and
Installation Sequence”, page 208 .
There are two versions of the steering column combination switch

components, the steering column electronic systems control
module and the steering column switch base carrier depending
on the manufacturer (Valeo or Kostal). In order to determine
which version is installed, check the mounting for the steering
column electronic systems control module on the steering column
combination switch.
♦ Manufacturer Valeo: Three bolts
♦ Manufacturer Kostal: One bolt at the bottom and two clips at
the top
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
♦ After installing a new Steering
ss a
Column Electronics Control c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- is equipped

with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.
rrectness of i
Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1.14 Steering Column Switches, With KES‐

SY, from 06/2010
⇒ “1.14.1 Base Carrier For Steering Column Switches”,
page 112
⇒ “1.14.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764
”, page 112
⇒ “1.14.3 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 ”,
page 112
page 112
⇒ “1.14.5 Steering Column Switch”, page 113
1.14.1 Base Carrier For Steering Column

Switches
Removing and installing the steering column switch base carrier
♦ Steering column switch base carrier, Valeo, removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “4.18.6 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Valeo”, page
221 . wage
es ks not
Vol gu
♦ Steering column switch base carrier, Kostal,
ed
by removing and in‐ ara
nte
stalling. Refer to thoris eo
⇒ “4.18.7 Steering Column Switch auBase Carrier, Kostal”, page ra
c
ss
223 .
ce
le
un
pt
1.14.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
trol Module - J764-
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
If the vehicle has KESSY, the steering column does not lock me‐
chanically via the lock cylinder, but rather it locks electrically h re
hole
(electronic steering column lock control module). spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

E595-
rrectness of i
Depending on equipment, the steering column combination

l purpos
switch consists of the following components and cannot be dis‐

assembled:
nform
ercia
♦ Turn Signal Switch - E2-

m
♦ Windshield Wiper Switch - E-

com
tion in
r
♦ Cruise Control Switch - E45-

te o
thi
s
iva
do
Removing and installing the steering column combination switch

r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- , Valeo, remov‐ Cop py
ing and installing. Refer to ht. rig
rig ht
⇒ “4.18.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Va‐
py by
co Vo
by lksw
leo”, page 220 . Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- , Kostal, remov‐

ing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.18.5 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Kos‐
tal”, page 221 .

Module - J527-
The steering column electronic systems control module includes
the following components and cannot be disassembled:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or e
h
aut Golf 2009 ➤ or ac
s
s Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138-
y li
rm
ab
pe
♦ Steering Angle Sensor - G85-
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Remove the transportation safeguard before installing a new
Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- .
rrectness of i
♦ After installing a new steering column electronic systems con‐
trol module, it must be coded. Refer to
l purpos
With KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding”, page 143 .
nform
ercia
♦ If the steering column switch malfunctions, then check the
steering column electronic systems control module coding.
m
a
com
ti
Refer to
on in
⇒ “3.16 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Removing and installing the steering column electronic systems
en
ng
t.
yi
control module differs between the two manufacturers.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- , Valeo,
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “4.18.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Prote AG.
♦ Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- , Kostal,
1.14.5 Steering Column Switch
Caution

Refer to
There are two versions of the steering column combination switch

components, the steering column electronic systems control
module and the steering column switch base carrier depending
on the manufacturer (Valeo or Kostal). In order to determine
which version is installed, check the mounting for the steering
column electronic systems control module on the steering column
combination switch.
♦ Manufacturer Valeo: Three bolts
♦ Manufacturer Kostal: One bolt at the bottom and two clips at
the top

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
♦ Code the new Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Mod‐

ule - J764- . Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module
J764 , With KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding”, page 143 .
♦ After installing a new Steering Column Electronics Control
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Refer to the Owner's Manual. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
DTC Recognition and Display o rise nte
eo
h
ut ra
The Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module
ss a
- J764- has c
OBD.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
1.15 Turn Signal and Entry Lamp in Exterior
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Mirror
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f in
tions.
form
mer
General Description
atio
om
n
c
i
Exterior mirror turn signal lamps (side turn signal lamps) are in‐
or
n thi
e
stalled in exterior mirror housing.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
In addition, there is one entry lamp each in exterior mirror hous‐
um
r
fo
en
ng
ings which illuminate the dark entry area around opened driver
t.
yi Co
and front passenger door. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
1 - Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L131- and py by
co Vo
Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb -
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
L132-
AG.
2 - Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52- and Front

Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53-
Vehicle electrical system control is equipped with On Board Di‐
agnostics (OBD) capabilities which assists in troubleshooting.

Golf 2009 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
1.16 Parking Aid tho
ir se tee
or
au ac
⇒ “1.16.1 General Information”, page 115
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “1.16.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 ”, page 116
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.16.3 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Coding”,
ility
ot p
page 116
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.16.4 Parking Aid Control Module J446 Connector Assign‐
hole
ment”, page 116
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.16.5 Parking Aid Sensors”, page 116
t to the co
⇒ “1.16.6 Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing”, page 117
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.16.7 Sensor, Painting”, page 117
l purpos
⇒ “1.16.8 Parking Aid Button E266 ”, page 117
1.16.1 General Information
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
Note
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Refer to Owner's Manual.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Refer to ⇒ Self Study Program No. 423 ; Golf 2009 .
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
The Golf has an eight-channel parking aid with 4 ultrasonic sen‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
sors (parking aid sensor) installed in the rear bumper, and 4
AG.
ultrasonic sensors in the front bumper.

The parking aid system monitors the vehicle periphery via ultra‐
sonic sensors in the front and rear bumpers. The acoustic dis‐
tance indicator sounds via two warning buzzers in the passenger
compartment.
Should a trailer be used (that is compatible with the factory-in‐
stalled trailer wiring), the rear sensors are disabled. The front
sensors remain active.
The 8-channel parking aid consists of:
♦ Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
♦ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
♦ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
♦ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
♦ Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-
♦ Left Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G203-
♦ Left Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G204-
♦ Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G205-
♦ Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G206-
♦ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22-
♦ Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15-
♦ Parking Aid Button - E266-
♦ Parking Aid Indicator Lamp - K136-
♦ Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76-

Golf 2009 ➤
Function:
To switch on, press the Parking Aid Button - E266- or engage the
reverse gear when the ignition is switched on. To switch off, press
the Parking Aid Button - E266- again (the indicator lamp in the
button switches off) or exceed a speed of approximately 15 km/h
while drive forward.
When the parking aid system is ready, a short signal is sounded
and the function light lights up. If a malfunction is detected in the
system, a constant signal sounds for 5 seconds and the function
lamp for parking aid system blinks.
During the distance measurement, the pauses between chime
impulses get shorter as the gap between vehicles gets smaller.
At distances less than 30 cm, a continuous tone is heard. Excep‐
tion: Driving parallel with a wall = no warning
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Display:
The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- takes over control of the
parking aid functions.
The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- is equipped with OBD
which assists in Fault Finding.
The “Guided Fault Finding” function is to be used for trouble‐
shooting of one of the systems described as in chapter “Vehicle
Diagnosis, Testing and Information System”. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information Systems”,
page 316 .
Use output diagnostic test mode to test the parking aid system.
1.16.2 Parking Aid Control
Vol
Module
ksw
age - J446- es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
The Parking Aid Control Module ris- J446- is
e
installed on a relay tee
ho
panel in the driver footwell. aut or
ac
ss
1.16.3 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- ,
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Coding
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Parking Aid Control Module - J446- , Coding. Refer to ⇒ Ve‐

ot p
wit
hicle diagnostic tester.

, is n
h re
hole
1.16.4 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- Con‐

spec
es, in part or in w
nector Assignment
t to the co
The connector assignment for the Parking Aid Control Module -

J446- can be found in the wiring diagram ⇒ Wiring diagrams,
rrectness of i
Troubleshooting & Component locations.

l purpos
1.16.5 Parking Aid Sensors

nf
ercia
The following parking aid sensors are inside the front bumper
or
cover:
m
m
atio
om

n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Front Parking Aid Sensors
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Golf: For removing and installing the front parking aid sensor.
agen
Prote AG.
Refer to ⇒ “4.21 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 231
Golf R: For removing and installing the front parking aid sensor.
Refer to ⇒ “4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 233

Golf 2009 ➤
Rear Parking Aid Sensors

The following parking aid sensors are inside the rear bumper
cover:
Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.23 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
235 .
1.16.6 Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing

If a new parking aid sensor is installed, the sensor head must first
be painted to match the color of the bumper cover. The following
requirements must be observed when painting the sensors to en‐
sure the parking aid system will work correctly.
1.16.7 Sensor, Painting

– Remove the coupling ring (black silicone ring) from the sensor
head.
– Remove grease from the black sensor head -1- in the area to
be painted -2- with isopropyl alcohol.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Paint sensor in the area to be painted -2- in the color of Vthe
olks
w not
gu
bumper cover. d by ara
se ri nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Paint application dimension -B- is 3 mm (+ maximum 2 mm).
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– After the paint has dried, attach the coupling ring (black sili‐
wit
, is n
h re
cone ring) to the sensor head.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Caution
t to the co
♦ Do not bend the coupling ring.
rrectness of i
♦ Using a damaged coupling ring can cause malfunctions.
l purpos
♦ Replace damaged coupling rings.

nform
mercia
at
1.16.8 Parking Aid Button - E266-

om
ion
c
in t
or
The Parking Aid Button - E266- is located in center console in

his
ate
front of the gearshift lever.

do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “2.1 Access/Start Authorization Overview”, page 118
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
⇒ “2.2 Fog Lamp, Golf Overview”, page 121 Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
⇒ “2.3 Fog Lamp, GTI Overview”, page 122 horis nte
eo
aut ra
⇒ “2.4 Halogen Headlamps Overview”, page 122 ss c
ce
e
nl
⇒ “2.5 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid”, page 124
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Golf
erm
ab
⇒ “2.6 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp Overview”,
ility
ot p
page 125
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Golf R
spec
es, in part or in w
page 126
t to the co
⇒ “2.8 Rear Lid Tail Lamps Overview”, page 127
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.9 Side Panel Tail Lamps Overview”, page 128
l purpos
⇒ “2.10 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010, Overview”,

page 130
nf
ercia
⇒ “2.11 Steering Column Switch, from 06/2010, Overview”, page
or
131
m
m
atio
om
⇒ “2.12 Steering Column Switch with KESSY, from 06/2010,
n in
or c
Overview”, page 132
thi
te
sd
iva
⇒ “2.13 Overview - Parking Aid”, page 135
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Golf R ⇒ “2.14 Overview - Parking Aid”, page 136

t.
yi Co
Cop py
2.1 Access/Start Authorization Overview
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Antenna Contact Point Cov‐

erage Area
2 - Front Passenger Exterior
Door Handle
The following components are
integrated in front passenger
exterior door handle:
♦ Front Passenger Exterior
Door Handle Touch Sensor
- G416- .
♦ Front Passenger Access/
Start System Antenna -
R135- .
Removing and installing pas‐
senger-side outside door han‐
dle. Refer to
⇒ “4.1.5 Passenger Outside
Door Handle”, page 150
❑ Checking the Front Pas‐
senger Access/Start
Authorization Antenna -
R135- . Referwatogen AG. Volkswagen AG does
olks Passen‐
⇒ “3.1.4y VFront not
gu
ger rAccess/Start
ise
d b
Sys‐ ara
nte
tem
uth Antenna R135 ”,
o eo
ra
ss page 140
a c
ce
e
❑ Checking the Front Pas‐

nl
pt
du
senger Exterior Door

an
itte
y li
Handle Touch Sensor -

erm
ab
G416- . Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.1.5 Front Passen‐

wit
, is n
ger Exterior Door Han‐

h re
hole
dle Touch Sensor G416

spec
”, page 140
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Access/Start System An‐

tenna in Rear Bumper - R136-
rrectness of i
❑ Component location: Behind the rear bumper cover.

l purpos
⇒ “4.1.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 ”, page 147

❑ Checking the Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136- . Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.1.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 ”, page 140

m
at
4 - Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment - R137-

om
ion
c
❑ Component location: In the center of the luggage compartment in front of the spare wheel well
in t
or
his
te

a
do
riv
⇒ “4.1.4 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 ”, page 149

p
cum
for
en
g
❑ Checking the Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment - R137- . Refer to

n
t.
yi Co
⇒ “3.1.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 ”, page 140
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
5 - Driver Side Outside Door Handle
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
The following components are integrated in driver side outside door handle:
Prote AG.
♦ Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415-

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134-

❑ Removing and installing driver-side outside door handle. Refer to
⇒ “4.1.3 Driver Outside Door Handle”, page 149
❑ Checking the Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415- . Refer to
⇒ “3.1.3 Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G415 ”, page 140
❑ Checking the Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134- . Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 ”, page 140
6 - Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138-
❑ Component location: Under the center console in front of the selector lever
⇒ “4.1.2 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 ”, page 148
❑ Checking the Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138- . Refer to
⇒ “3.1.6 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 ”, page 140
7 - Start System Button - E378-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.15 Start System Button E378 ”, page 200
8 - Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518-
❑ Component location: inside the driver footwell above the
AG. Vbrake
olkswapedal
gen AG
agen does
olksw
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Access/Start Authorization Control
not Module J518 ”, page 103
y V gu
d b ara
❑ Coding the Access/Start AuthorizationorControl
ise Module - J518- . Refer to nte
⇒ “3.2 Access/Start Authorization Control
auth Module J518 , Coding”, page 140 eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
2.2 Fog Lamp, Golf Overview

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1 - Front Bumper Cover by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
2 - Fog Lamp Housing uthor eo
a ra
ss c
ling. Refer to
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “4.6.1 Fog Lamp
an
itte
y li
Golf”, page 153
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3 - Bolt
wit
, is n
❑ 2 Nm
h re
hole
spec
4 - Ventilation Hose
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 - Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb -
L22- or Right Front Fog Lamp
Bulb - L23- and Left Cornering
rrectness of i
Lamp Bulb - L148- and Right
Cornering Lamp Bulb - L149-
l purpos
❑ Bulb HB4 12V, 51W

nform
ercia
ling. Refer to
m
⇒ “4.6.2 Fog Lamp Bulb
at
om
io
and Static Cornering
n
c
in t
r
Lamp Golf”, page 154

o
his
ate
do
riv
6 - Cap
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
2.3 Fog Lamp, GTI Overview
2 - Fog Lamp Housing

ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.6.3 Fog Lamp,
GTI”, page 155
2 - Screws
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Front Bumper Cover
4 - Fog Lamp Bulb/Static Cor‐
nering Lamp
❑ Bulb H8 12V, 35W
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.6.4 Fog Lamp Bulb
and Static Cornering
Lamp, GTI”, page 156
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2.4 Halogen Headlamps Overview

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
♦ Both the Hella -item 5- ⇒ Item 5 (page 123) and the Valeo
-item 6- ⇒ Item 6 (page 123) headlamp positioning motors are
rrectness of i
illustrated in the overview because there are differences in re‐

l purpos
moving and installing.

♦ Both the Hella -item 3- ⇒ Item 3 (page 123) and the Valeo
nf
ercia
-item 4- ⇒ Item 4 (page 123) headlamp positioning motors are

or
illustrated in the overview because there are differences in re‐

m
m
atio
moving and installing.

om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
wElectrical
agen AG. VoEquipment
lkswagen AG
d-
o Edition
e 01.2015
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
1 - Cap ris
ed
nte
utho eo
2 - Cap ss
a ra
c
ce
e
3 - Cap
nl
pt
du
an
itte
❑ Hella headlamp only.
y li
erm
ab
Refer to ⇒ page 169
ility
ot p
wit
4 - Cap
, is n
h re
❑ Valeo headlamp only.
hole
spec
Refer to ⇒ page 169
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 - Left Headlamp Beam Ad‐
justment Motor - V48- and
Right Headlamp Beam Adjust‐
rrectness of i
ment Motor - V49- l purpos
❑ Headlamp manufactur‐
er: Hella
nform
ercia
ling. Refer to
m
⇒ “4.9.4 Headlamp
at
om
io
Range Control Position‐
n
c
in t
r
ing Motor, Hella”,

o
his
e
page 163
at
do
priv
cum
6 - Left Headlamp Beam Ad‐
for
en
g
justment Motor - V48- and

n
t.
yi Co
op
Right Headlamp Beam Adjust‐ C py
t. rig
ment Motor - V49-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ Headlamp manufactur‐
c by lksw
cted agen
er: Valeo
Prote AG.

ling. Refer to
ing Motor, Valeo”,
page 165
7 - Lamp Socket with Grip
Piece
❑ For Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29- and Right Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M31-
8 - Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29- and Right Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M31-
❑ Bulb H7 12V, 55W
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9.8 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb”, page 169
9 - Headlamp
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9.3 Halogen Headlamps”, page 161
❑ Correcting installation position of headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Headlamps, Correcting Installation Position”, page 141
❑ Servicing headlamp securing straps. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Headlamp Mounting Tabs, Repairing”, page 104
10 - Guide
11 - Carrier, Front End
12 - Screws
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6 x 20
13 - Left and Right High Beam Headlamp and Daytime Running Lamp Bulb
❑ Bulb 12V, 15/55W
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9.6 High Beam Headlamp Bulb and Daytime Running Lamp Bulb”, page 167
14 - Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- and Right Position Lamp Bulb - M3-
❑ Bulb 12V, W5W

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9.10 lParking
ksw
agen Lamp Bulb”,Apage
G do 171
es n
o ot g
yV ua
15 - Lamp Socket with Grip Piece
risedb ran
tee
ho
❑ For Left Position Lamp
aut Bulb - M1- and Right Position Lamp Bulb - M3- or
ac
ss
16 - Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- and Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7-
ce
le
un
pt
an
❑ Bulb 12V PSY 24W SV
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9.2 Front Turn Signal Bulb”, page 160
pe
ility
ot
17 - Lamp Socket with Grip Piece
wit
, is n
h re
❑ For Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- and Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.5 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Sole‐
noid
rrectness of i
l purpos
Gas discharge lamps generate only the low beam headlamp in

standard Xenon headlamps. Bi-Xenon allows one gas-discharge
lamp to generate low beam and high beam headlamp. For this
nform
ercia
purpose, an electromechanical adjuster ( Left Headlamp Reflec‐

tor Adjustment Solenoid - N395- and Right Headlamp Reflector
m
a
com
t
Adjustment Solenoid - N396- ) opens the dimmed region of low
ion in
beam when high beam function is operated and a high beam light
r
te o
thi
emission results.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Golf 2009 ➤
olksw not
V
ed by Electrical Equipment - Edition
gu
ara 01.2015
ris nte
tho e or
2.6 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp Overview ss
au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
1 - Cap
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2 - Cap
wit
, is n
h re
3 - Left Front Turn Signal Bulb
hole
- M5- and Right Front Turn Sig‐
spec
nal Bulb - M7-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Bulb 12V PSY 24W
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “4.10.12 Turn Signal
rrectness of i
Bulb”, page 182
l purpos
4 - Left Position Lamp Bulb -

M1- and Right Position Lamp
nform
ercia
Bulb - M3-
m
❑ Bulb 12V, 5W
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
⇒ “4.10.11 Parking
his
ate
Lamp Bulb”, page 181
do
priv
cum
or
5 - Headlamp Range Control

f
en
ng
t.
Positioning Motor
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ling. Refer to
p by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “4.10.6 Headlamp Prote
cted AG.
agen
ing Motor”, page 178
⇒ “3.8 Headlamp Range
Control Positioning Mo‐
tor, Checking”,
page 142
6 - Left HID Headlamp Bulb -
L13- and Right HID Headlamp
Bulb - L14-
❑ Bulb D1S 12V, 35W
⇒ “4.10.8 HID Bulb”,
page 178
7 - Headlamp
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.10.4 Headlamps”, page 175
❑ Correcting installation position of headlamp. Refer to
8 - Left HID Lamp Ballast - J426- and Right HID Lamp Ballast - J427-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.10.9 HID Lamp Ballast J426 / J427 ”, page 180
9 - HID Headlamp Ballast Screws
❑ 1.4 Nm
10 - Guide
11 - Headlamp Power Output Stage Screws
❑ 1.4 Nm
12 - Left Headlamp Power Output Stage - J667- or Right Headlamp Power Output Stage - J668-
14 - Level Control System Sensor
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.10.10 Level Control System Sensor”, page 181

Golf 2009 ➤
15 - Screws
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6 x 20
16 - Headlamp Range Control Module
⇒ “4.10.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 ”, page 172
❑ Coding. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 , Coding”, page 140
2.7 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp Overview
1 - Cap
2 - Cap
3 - Left Front Turn Signal Bulb
- M5- and Right Front Turn Sig‐
nal Bulb - M7-
❑ Bulb 12V PSY 24W
Bulb”, page 182
4 - Headlamp Range Control
Positioning Motor
ling. Refer to
ing Motor”, page 178
⇒ “3.8 Headlamp Range
Control Positioning Mo‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
tor, Checking”, lksw
agen oes
not
page 142 d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
r
5 - Left HID Headlamp Bulb -utho eo
ra
L13- and Right HID Headlamp
ss a c
Bulb - L14-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Bulb D1S 12V, 35W

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “4.10.8 HID Bulb”,

ot p
wit
page 178
, is n
h re
hole
6 - Headlamp
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.10.4 Headlamps”,
page 175
rrectness of i
❑ Correcting installation
l purpos
position of headlamp.
Refer to ⇒ “3.6 Headlamps, Correcting Installation Position”, page 141
nform
ercia
7 - Left HID Lamp Ballast - J426- and Right HID Lamp Ballast - J427-
m
at
om
io
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.10.9 HID Lamp Ballast J426 / J427 ”, page 180
n
c
in t
or
his
e
8 - HID Headlamp Ballast Screws

at
do
priv
❑ 1.4 Nm
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
126
agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches
Golf 2009 ➤
9 - Guide
10 - Headlamp Power Output Stage Screws
❑ 1.4 Nm
11 - Left Headlamp Power Output Stage - J667- or Right Headlamp Power Output Stage - J668-
13 - Level Control System Sensor
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.10.10 Level Control System Sensor”, page 181
14 - Screws
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6 x 20
15 - Headlamp Range Control Module
⇒ “4.10.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 ”, page 172
⇒ “3.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 , Coding”, page 140
2.8 Rear Lid Tail Lamps Overview
Note
USA and Canada vehicles do not have a rear fog

swa
genlamp.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Nuts
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tions 3 Nm
2 - Bulb Holder
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.19.5 Tail Lamp
Bulb Holder in Rear Lid”,
page 229
3 - Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M4-
and Right Tail Lamp Bulb - M2-
❑ Bulb 12V, W16W
4 - Left Rear Fog Lamp Bulb -
L46- and Right Rear Fog Lamp
Bulb - L47- or Left Back-up
Lamp Bulb - M16- and Right
Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17-
❑ Bulb 12V, WY21W
5 - Tail Lamp Assembly Hous‐
ing in Rear Lid
❑ Removing and instal‐ lkswage es n
ling. Refer to d byV
o ot g
ua
⇒ “4.19.2 Rear Lid Tail o
ir se
ran
tee
Lamps”, page 227 auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
2.9 Side Panel Tail Lamps Overview

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
Note
atio
om
The tail lamp assembly inside the side panel has a single filament
c
i
or
n thi
bulb -3- in addition to the yellow turn signal bulb -4- which serves
te
sd
a
as a brake lamp and tail lamp.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Bolt
tions install by hand (2.5
Nm maximum)
2 - Bulb Holder
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.19.4 Side Panel
Tail Lamp Bulb Holder”,
page 229
3 - Left Brake Lamp/Tail Lamp
Bulb - M21- and Right Brake
Lamp/Tail Lamp Bulb - M22-
❑ Bulb 12V, W16W
4 - Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb
- M6- and Right Rear Turn Sig‐
nal Bulb - M8-
❑ Bulb 12V, WY21W
5 - Tail Lamp Assembly Hous‐
ing in Side Panel
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.19.3 Side Panel
Tail Lamps”, page 228
6 - Lower Guide
❑ Follow the installation
information
7 - Upper Guide
❑ Follow the installation
information
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
2.10 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010, Overview
1 - Turn Signal Switch

♦ A component of the Steer‐
ing Column Combination
Switch - E595- . Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Steering Column
Combination Switch E595 ,
through 05/2010”,
page 109
♦ Observe removal and in‐
stallation sequence. Refer
to
⇒ “4.16.1 Steering Column
Switch Components, Re‐
moval and Installation Se‐
quence”, page 201
♦ Removing and installing.
Refer to
Switch E2 ”, page 206
♦ The “turn signal switch”
contains the Turn Signal
Switch - E2- , the Headlamp
Dimmer/Flasher Switch -
E4- and Cruise Control
Switch - E45- (depending
on the vehicle equipment
level)
♦ In the illustration, the “turn
signal switch” is depicted AG. Volkswagen AG d
without Cruise Control lksw
agen oes
not
Switch - E45- d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
2 - Base Carrier for Steering uth o eo
ra
Column Switches ss a c
ce
e
nl
♦ A component of the Steer‐

pt
du
an
ing Column Combination

itte
y li
Switch - E595- . Refer to

erm
ab
ility
⇒ “1.12 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , through 05/2010”, page 109
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Observe removal and installation sequence. Refer to

h re
hole
⇒ “4.16.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removal and Installation Sequence”, page 201
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.16.3 Steering Column Switch Base Plate”, page 203
t to the co
3 - Windshield Wiper Switch - E-

rrectness of i
♦ A component of the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- . Refer to

⇒ “1.12 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , through 05/2010”, page 109
l purpos

nform
ercia
♦ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.16.6 Windshield Wiper Switch E ”, page 207
m
at
om
io
4 - Bolt
n
c
in t
or
his
e
5 - Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527-

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Removing and installing. Refer to
. C rig
ht ht
rig
⇒ “4.16.4 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ”, page 205 py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Coding. Refer to
⇒ “3.14 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , through 05/2010, Coding”, page 143
6 - Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138-
♦ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.16.2 Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring F138 ”, page 202
2.11 Steering Column Switch, from 06/2010,

Overview
Note
There are different versions of the Steering Column Electronics

Control Module - J527- , the Steering Column Combination Switch
- E595- and the steering column switch base carrier depending
on the manufacturer (Valeo or Kostal). The Valeo version is
shown in the illustration.
1 - Steering Column Electron‐

ics Control Module - J527-
❑ Pay attention to the re‐
moving/installing se‐
quence. Refer to
⇒ “4.17.1 Steering Col‐
umn Switch Compo‐
nents, Removal and In‐
stallation Sequence”,
page 208
ling, Valeo. Refer to n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ “4.17.2 Steering Col‐ lkswage es n
o ot g
umn Electronics Control byV ua
d ran
Module J527 , Valeo”, ir se tee
tho
page 209 au or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
ling, Kostal. Refer to

an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
umn Electronics Control

pe
ility
Module J527 , Kostal”,

ot
wit
, is n
page 210
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “3.15 Steering Col‐

es, in part or in w
t to the co

Module J527 , from
06/2010, Coding”,
page 143
rrectness of i
❑ Tightening Specifica‐
l purpos
tion: 1.5 Nm.

2 - Steering Column Combina‐
nform
ercia
tion Switch - E595-

m

com
tio
n in
r
te o
quence. Refer to
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
umn Switch Compo‐

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
131
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Description and Operation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Golf 2009 ➤ aut
h
ra
s c
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015 s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
stallation Sequence”, page 208
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Removing and installing, Valeo. Refer to
wit
is n
⇒ “4.17.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Valeo”, page 211
h re
ole,
❑ Removing and installing, Kostal. Refer to
spec
⇒ “4.17.5 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Kostal”, page 212
t to the co
3 - Base Carrier for Steering Column Switches
❑ Pay attention to the removing/installing sequence. Refer to
rrectne
s
⇒ “4.17.6 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Valeo”, page 212
s o
cial p
f
inform
⇒ “4.17.7 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Kostal”, page 214
mer
atio
m
4 - Shear Bolts
o
n
c
i
or
n
❑ M8 x 20
thi
te
sd
a
❑ Break-off torque: approximately 15 Nm

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
5 - Steering Lock Housing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The steering lock housing must be remove and installed together with the steering column switch base carrier C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
❑ Pay attention to the removing/installing sequence. Refer to copy Vo
by lksw
⇒ “4.17.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removal and Installation Sequence”, page 208 cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.13 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, from 06/2010”, page 193
2.12 Steering Column Switch with KESSY,

from 06/2010, Overview
Note
There are different versions of the Steering Column Electronics

Control Module - J527- , the Steering Column Combination Switch
- E595- and the steering column switch base carrier depending
on the manufacturer (Valeo or Kostal). The Valeo version is
shown in the illustration.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Steering Column Electron‐

ics Control Module - J527-
❑ Pay attention to the re‐olkswage es n
ot g
moving/installing se‐ d byV ua
ran
quence. Refer to oris
e
tee
⇒ “4.18.1 Steering
auth
Col‐ or
ac
umn Switchss Compo‐
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
page 216
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ling, Valeo. Refer to
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Module J527 , Valeo”,
t to the co
page 217
ling, Kostal. Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos

Module J527 , Kostal”,
page 219
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
⇒ “3.16 Steering Col‐
atio
m

o
n in
or c
Module J527 , With
thi
e
KESSY, from 06/2010,

t
sd
iva
o
Coding”, page 143
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
tion: 1.5 Nm . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
2 - Steering Column Combina‐ py by
o Vo
tion Switch - E595-
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
quence. Refer to
umn Switch Compo‐

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
nents, Removal and In‐ ed
by
V ua
ran
horis page 216 tee
ut or
❑ Removing andsinstalling,
sa Valeo. Refer
to ac
⇒ “4.18.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Valeo”, page 220
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “4.18.5 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Kostal”, page 221
rm
ab
pe
ility
3 - Base Carrier for Steering Column Switches
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
4 - Shear Bolts
l purpos
❑ Break-off torque: approximately 15 Nm

❑ M8 x 20
nform
ercia
5 - Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764-

m
a
com
tion in
The Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- and the steering column switch base carrier are
r
te o
thi
removed and installed together
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to Cop py
. rig
⇒ “4.18.8 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ”, page 225
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “3.17 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 , With KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding”,
Prote AG.
page 143
6 - Start System Button - E378-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.10 Start System Button E378 ”, page 108

Golf 2009 ➤
2.13 Overview - Parking Aid
1 - Parking Aid Sensor in Rear

Bumper Cover
❑ Left Rear Parking Aid
Sensor - G203- in rear
bumper cover
❑ Left Rear Center Park‐ lkswage es n
ing Aid Sensor d-bG204-yV
o ot g
ua
in rear bumper o
ir se cover
ran
tee
th or
❑ Right Rear au Center Park‐ ac
ss
ing Aid Sensor - G205-
ce
e
nl
in rear bumper cover
pt
du
an
itte
❑ Right Rear Parking Aid
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
bumper cover
wit
, is n
h re
hole
ling. Refer to
spec
⇒ “4.23 Rear Parking
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 235 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Aid Sensor, Checking”,

page 144 .
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.16.6 Parking Aid
m
at
om
Sensor, Replacing”,
ion
c
page 117 .
in t
or
his
ate
2 - Rear Parking Aid Warning

do
priv
Buzzer - H15-
um
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
ling. Refer to C py
t. rig
⇒ “4.24.2 Rear Parking
gh ht
pyri by
Aid Warning Buzzer
co Vo
by lksw
cted
H15 ”, page 238 .
agen
Prote AG.
❑ Rear Parking Aid Warn‐

ing Buzzer, Adjusting
Volume. Refer to ⇒ “3.22.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 Volume, Adjusting”, page 145
❑ Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Tone. Refer to
⇒ “3.22.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 Tone, Adjusting”, page 145
❑ Check using output diagnostic test mode
3 - Parking Aid Button - E266-
❑ In the center console near the selector lever
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.16.8 Parking Aid Button E266 ”, page 117 .
4 - Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
❑ Above the relay carrier inside the driver side footwell
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ “6.3.1 Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 , Removing and Installing”, page 251 .
5 - Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.24.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 ”, page 237 .
❑ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Volume
⇒ “3.22.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 Volume, Adjusting”, page 144
❑ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Tone. Refer to
⇒ “3.22.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 Tone, Adjusting”, page 145

Golf 2009 ➤
6 - Parking Aid Sensor Inside The Front Bumper Cover
❑ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
❑ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
❑ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
❑ Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ For removing and installing the front parking aid d bysensor. Refer to
Vo gu
ara
⇒ “4.21 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 231 orise nte
h eo
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.20 Front Parking autAid Sensor, Checking”, page 144 . ra
ss c
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “1.16.6 Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing”, page 117 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
2.14 Overview - Parking Aid
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1 - Parking Aid Sensor in Rear
es, in part or in w
Bumper Cover
t to the co
❑ Left Rear Parking Aid
rrectness of i
bumper cover
❑ Left Rear Center Park‐
l purpos

nform
ercia
❑ Right Rear Center Park‐

m
a
com
t
ion in
r
❑ Right Rear Parking Aid

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
bumper cover
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
ling. Refer to t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
Aid Sensor, Removing op Vo
by c lksw
and Installing”, cted agen
Prote AG.
page 235 .
Aid Sensor, Checking”,
page 144 .
⇒ “1.16.6 Parking Aid
Sensor, Replacing”,
page 117 .
2 - Rear Parking Aid Warning
Buzzer - H15-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.24.2 Rear Parking
Aid Warning Buzzer
H15 ”, page 238 .
❑ Rear Parking Aid Warn‐
ing Buzzer, Adjusting
Volume. Refer to ⇒ “3.22.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 Volume, Adjusting”, page 145
❑ Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Tone. Refer to
⇒ “3.22.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 Tone, Adjusting”, page 145
❑ In the center console near the selector lever
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.16.8 Parking Aid Button E266 ”, page 117 .

Golf 2009 ➤

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.24.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 ”, page 237 .
❑ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Volume
⇒ “3.22.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 Volume, Adjusting”, page 144
❑ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Tone. Refer to
⇒ “3.22.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 Tone, Adjusting”, page 145
5 - Parking Aid Sensors Inside Left And
n AG. VolkRight
swageFront
n AG d Air Guide Grilles
swage oes
❑ Left Front Parkingy VAid o Sensor - G255-
lk not
gu
d b ara
❑ Right Front Parking
oris
e
Aid Sensor - G252- nte
eo
th
❑ for removing
ss
au
and installing the front parking aid sensor. Refer r a to
c
⇒ “4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 233
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.20 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 144 .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
6 - Parking Aid Sensor Inside Front Center Air Intake Grille
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
hole
spec
❑ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ For removing and installing the front parking aid sensor. Refer to
⇒ “4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 233
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “3.20 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 144 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf 2009 ➤
agen
Volksw Electrical
oes
notEquipment - Edition 01.2015
by gu
d ara
ise nte
3 Diagnosis and Testing or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
⇒ “3.1 Access/Start Authorization Antennae and Sensors, Check‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ing”, page 139
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
page 140
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “3.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
hole
J745 , Coding”, page 140
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.4 Fog Lamps, Adjusting”, page 141
t to the co
⇒ “3.5 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 141
rrectness of i
l purpos
⇒ “3.7 Headlamp Power Output Stage, Checking”, page 142

⇒ “3.8 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor, Checking”,
nf
ercia
page 142
orm
m
atio
⇒ “3.9 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid, Checking”,
om
page 143
n in
or c
thi
e
⇒ “3.10 HID Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 143

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “3.11 High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb M25 , Checking”, page
o
m
f
en
ng
143
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “3.12 Ignition Switch, through 05/2010, Checking”, page 143
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “3.13 Ignition Switch, from 06/2010, Checking”, page 143 by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
through 05/2010, Coding”, page 143
⇒ “3.15 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , from
06/2010, Coding”, page 143
⇒ “3.16 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , With
KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding”, page 143
⇒ “3.17 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
With KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding”, page 143
⇒ “3.18 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Checking
”, page 144
⇒ “3.19 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Checking”, page 144
⇒ “3.20 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 144
⇒ “3.21 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 144
⇒ “3.22 Parking Aid Warning Buzzer”, page 144
3.1 Access/Start Authorization Antennae

and Sensors, Checking
⇒ “3.1.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 ”,
page 140
⇒ “3.1.2 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 ”,
page 140
⇒ “3.1.3 Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G415 ”, page
140
⇒ “3.1.4 Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna R135 ”,
page 140
⇒ “3.1.5 Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor
G416 ”, page 140

Golf 2009 ➤
Electrical Equipmento-lksEdition
wage 01.2015 es n
o
yV t gu
edb ara
⇒ “3.1.6 Access/StarthoSystem
ris Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138ntee
”, page 140 au
t or
ac
ss
⇒ “3.1.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
ce
le
un
pt
R137 ”, page 140
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.1.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear
ility
ot p
Bumper - R136-
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna - R135- ,
spec
checking. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault
t to the co
Finding”.
3.1.2 Driver Access/Start System Antenna -
rrectne
R134-
s
– Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136- ,
s o
cial p
f in
Finding”.
form
mer
atio
3.1.3 Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sen‐
om
n
c
sor - G415-
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415- , checking.

i
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
3.1.4 Front Passenger Access/Start System
C py
t. rig
gh ht
Antenna - R135- pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
– Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna - R135- ,
AG.

Finding”.
3.1.5 Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle

Touch Sensor - G416-
– Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G416- ,
Finding”.
3.1.6 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Ve‐

hicle Interior - R138-
– Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment -
R137- , checking. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided
Fault Finding”.
3.1.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

gage Compartment - R137-
– Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138- ,
Finding”.

Module - J518- , Coding
– Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- , coding.
3.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range

Control Module - J745- , Coding
Code the Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
- J745- as follows:

Golf 2009 ➤
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester. Refer to ⇒ Electrical

Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Description
n AG. Vand
olkswagen AG
Operation . lkswage does
not
Vo g y ua
db ran
– Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided
or
ise Fault Finding”. tee
h
ut or
– Using the “Go To” button, select “Functions/Component
ss
a
se‐ ac
lection” and the following menu options in sequence:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Body
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Electrical Equipment
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
h re
hole
spec
♦ Headlamp range control J745
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Headlamp range control functions
♦ Control module, coding
rrectness of i
– Code the Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Mod‐
ule - J745- . Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault
l purpos
Finding”.
3.4 Fog Lamps, Adjusting
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Adjusting the fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep.
om
Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
n in
or c
thi
te
3.5 Headlamp, Adjusting
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
Halogen Headlamps, adjusting. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Proce‐
f
en
ng
t.
yi
dures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
3.6 Headlamps, Correcting Installation Po‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
sition
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ In order to correct the installation position of the headlamp,

front bumper must not be removed.
♦ Illustrations depict left headlamp.
When checking installation position of headlamp, determine that

headlamp has no uneven gap dimensions to body, otherwise in‐
stallation position must be corrected.
move ignition key.
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
– Loosen the screw -2- on back of the headlamp.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Loosen the three screws -arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Loosen the mounting bolt -arrow- at the bottom of the head‐
erm
ab
lamp.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Adjust the screws so they are flush to the body by rotating the
atio
m
adjustment bushings in or out -arrow- on the headlamp.

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a
the overview. Refer to

iv
o
pr
⇒ “2.4 Halogen Headlamps Overview”, page 122 .

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
– Check and if necessary correct installation position of head‐
yi Co
op py
lamp again for uniform gap dimension. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Install the radiator grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
– Check headlamp for function.
Note
If a headlamp is removed or adapted to the body, it must always

be adjusted after installing or after adapting.
– Check the headlamp setting and adjust if necessary. Refer to

⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
3.7 Headlamp Power Output Stage, Check‐

ing
– Check the headlamp power output stage. Use the Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
3.8 Headlamp Range Control Positioning

Motor, Checking
– Check the headlamp range control adjusting motor. Use the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.

Golf 2009 ➤
3.9 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Sole‐

noid, Checking
The Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid - N395- and
the Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid - N396- can
be checked using the output diagnostic test from the Vehicle
Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
3.10 HID Headlamp, Adjusting

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Adjusting the HID headlamp
olks
wag and cornering lamps.
does Refer to ⇒
not
Maintenance Procedures;
ed byV Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 . gu
ara
ris nte
tho
3.11 High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25-ac ,
or e
au
ss
Checking
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- , checking. Use the
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3.12 Ignition Switch, through 05/2010,
wit
, is n
h re
Checking
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Check the ignition switch using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
t to the co
3.13 Ignition Switch, from 06/2010, Checking
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Check the ignition switch using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester

in “Guided Fault Finding”. nf
ercia
3.14 Steering Column Electronics Control

orm
Module - J527- , through 05/2010, Cod‐

m
atio
om
n in
ing
or c
thi
te
sd
a
– Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- , coding.

iv
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Module - J527- , from 06/2010, Coding
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- , coding. Prote AG.

Module - J527- , With KESSY, from
06/2010, Coding
– Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- , coding.
3.17 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐

trol Module - J764- , With KESSY, from
06/2010, Coding
– Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- ,
coding. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Find‐
ing”.

Golf 2009 ➤
3.18 Steering Column Combination Switch -

E595- , Checking
Note
If the steering column combination switch malfunctions, the Steer‐

ing Column Electronics Control Module - J527- coding must be
checked with output diagnostic test mode.
3.19 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Check‐

ing
– Check the headlamp swivel module position sensor. Use the
3.20 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking

This function can be used to check the following components via
the Parking Aid Control Module : n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
♦ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255- Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
♦ ris
Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
o tee
h
ut or
ac
sa
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Check the front parking aid sensor using the Vehicle Diag‐
ility
ot p
nostic Tester .
wit
is n
h re
3.21 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Checking
ole,
spec
This function can be used to check the following components via
t to the co
the Parking Aid Control Module :
rrectne
♦ Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G205- ss o
cial p

inform
mer
– Check the rear parking aid sensor ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

atio
om
3.22 Parking Aid Warning Buzzer

c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
⇒ “3.22.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 Volume, Ad‐

i
o
pr
cum
justing”, page 144

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “3.22.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 Tone, Adjust‐
Co
Cop py
ing”, page 145 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
⇒ “3.22.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 Volume, Ad‐ by c lksw
cted agen
justing”, page 145 Prote AG.
⇒ “3.22.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 Tone, Adjust‐

ing”, page 145
3.22.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22- Volume, Adjusting
– Adjust the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- volume
using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

Golf 2009 ➤

H22- Tone, Adjusting
– Adjust the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- tone using
the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
3.22.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15-

Volume, Adjusting
– Adjust the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- volume
using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

Tone, Adjusting
– Adjust the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- tone using
the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “4.1 Access/Start Authorization Antennas and Sensors”,
page 147
page 150
⇒ “4.3 Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror W52 / Front
Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror W53 ”,
page 151
⇒ “4.4 Entry Lamp in Exterior Mirror, Bulb”, page 152
⇒ “4.5 Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamps”, page 153
⇒ “4.6 Fog Lamps”, page 153 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
⇒ “4.7 Front Side Marker Lamp”, page 157 by Vol not
gu
ara
d
ise nte
⇒ “4.8 Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb”, page 158 thor eo
au ra
c
⇒ “4.9 Halogen Headlamps”, page 159 ss
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “4.10 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp”, page 172
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.11 High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb M25 ”, page 184
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.12 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, through 05/2010”, page
wit
is n
h re
188
ole,
spec
⇒ “4.13 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, from 06/2010”,

page 193
t to the co
⇒ “4.14 License Plate Lamp”, page 197
rrectne
⇒ “4.15 Start System Button E378 ”, page 200
⇒ “4.16 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010”, page 201
ss o
⇒ “4.17 Steering Column Switch, Without KESSY, from 06/2010”,
cial p
f in
page 208
form
mer
atio
⇒ “4.18 Steering Column Switch, With KESSY, from 06/2010”,
om
page 216
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
⇒ “4.19 Tail Lamps”, page 226

t
sd
iva
o
pr
⇒ “4.20 Parking Aid Control Module J446 ”, page 231 cum

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Golf ⇒ “4.21 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 231
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Golf R ⇒ “4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 233
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
⇒ “4.23 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
agen
Prote AG.
235
⇒ “4.24 Parking Aid Warning Buzzer”, page 237
⇒ “4.25 Parking Aid Button E266 ”, page 238
4.1 Access/Start Authorization Antennas

and Sensors
⇒ “4.1.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 ”,
page 147
⇒ “4.1.2 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138
”, page 148
⇒ “4.1.3 Driver Outside Door Handle”, page 149
⇒ “4.1.4 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
R137 ”, page 149
⇒ “4.1.5 Passenger Outside Door Handle”, page 150

Golf 2009 ➤
4.1.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear

Bumper - R136-
Component location of Access/Start Authorization Antenna in
Rear Bumper is behind the rear bumper cover.
Note
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Access/Start

Authorization Antenna in Rear Bumper is replaced. Erase the en‐
try in the DTC memory in using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
“Guided Fault Finding”. olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ise nte
Removing tho
r eo
au ra
c
– Turn off the ignitionssand all electrical consumers.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper -
wit
R136- -1- from the bumper lower section. Pay attention to the
, is n
h re
wires still connected.
hole
spec
– Disconnect the connector -2- and remove the Access/Start
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Authorization Antenna in Rear Bumper -1-.
Installation
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
4.1.2 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Ve‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
hicle Interior - R138- Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
The Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior is
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
installed under the front center console, in front of the selector
agen
Prote AG.
lever.
Note
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Access/Start

Authorization Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior is replaced. Erase the
entry in the DTC memory using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical consumers.
– Remove the switches in the center console. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Switches in Center Console Storage Compartment”,
page 278 .

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen Electrical
oes Equipment - Edition 01.2015
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
e
– Remove the Access/StarthSystem ris Antenna 1 in Vehicle Inte‐ nte
t o eo
rior - R138- -1- vertically.
s a Pay attention to the wires still con‐
u ra
c
nected. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the Access/
l purpos
Start Authorization Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior -1-.

Installation
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
Note
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
It is not possible to remove the bracket for the Access/Start Au‐
o
m
f
en
ng
thorization Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior in the center console

t.
yi Co
op
without breaking it. If the antenna bracket must be removed, then C py
t. rig
install a new bracket so that there will not be any rattling noises
gh ht
yri by
and the KESSY system will continue to work correctly.
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.1.3 Driver Outside Door Handle

The Following Components are Integrated in Driver Side Outside
Door Handle
♦ Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415-
♦ Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134-
Note
♦ The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if

malfunctioning.
♦ No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when out‐
side door handle is replaced. Erase the entry in the DTC
memory using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault
Finding”.
Removing
– Remove the left front exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body
Installation
4.1.4 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

gage Compartment - R137-
Component location of Luggage Compartment Access/Start Au‐
thorization Antenna is in luggage compartment, at center in front
of spare wheel well.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Golf 2009 ➤ rise
d b ara
nte
Electrical Equipmentaut - Edition 01.2015
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Luggage ot p
wit
, is n
Compartment Access/Start Authorization Antenna is replaced.
h re
Erase the entry in the DTC memory using the Vehicle Diagnostic
hole
spec
Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove the carpet from the luggage compartment.
l purpos
– Remove the Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Com‐

partment - R137- -1- vertically. Pay attention to the wires still
nf
ercia
o
connected.
rm
m
atio
m
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the Access/

o
n in
c
Start Authorization Antenna in Luggage Compartment -1-.

or
thi
te
sd
a
Installation
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.1.5 Passenger Outside Door Handle

The Following Components are Integrated in Front Passenger
Exterior Door Handle
♦ Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G416-
♦ Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna - R135-
Note
♦ The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if

malfunctioning.
♦ No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when out‐
side door handle is replaced. Erase the entry in the DTC
memory using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault
Finding”.
Removing
– Remove the right front exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body
Installation

Module - J518-

Golf 2009 ➤

page 140 .
Removing n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
– Remove the footwell vent on the driver eside.d by V Refer to ⇒ Heat‐ ua
ran
ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; horRep. Gr. 80 ; Removal
is tee
and Installation . aut or
ac
ss
– Open the retainers -arrow- and remove the Access/Start au‐
ce
le
un
pt
thorization control module -2- together with the mount -3- from
an
d
itte
y li
the brake pedal bracket. Pay attention to the wires still con‐
erm
ab
nected.
ility
ot p
wit
– Disconnect the connector -1- and remove the Access/Start
is n
h re
authorization control module -2- from its mount -3-.
ole,
spec
Installation
t to the co
rrectne
– Install the Access/Start authorization control module -2- in its
s
mount -3-.
s o
cial p
f in
– Slide the bracket and control module onto the guide on the
form
mer
brake pedal bracket until it latches.
atio
m
– Connect the connector -1-.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
page 140 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
4.3 Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Mirror - W52- / Front Passenger Entry
Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53-
Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52- as well as
Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53-
is installed in housing of left and right exterior mirror.
Note
♦ The exterior mirror must not be removed to remove and install

the entry lamps.
♦ Removing and installing driver side and front passenger side
entry lamp is the on both sides and is only described for one
side.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.

Golf 2009 ➤
Remove both bolts -arrows-.
– Release the latch -arrow- and lower the mirror housing lower
section slightly.
– Carefully push the entry lamp -1- upward and out of the mirror
housing lower section.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
– Pull the bulb socket -1- out of the entry lamp -2-.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Installation
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Check the exterior mirror function after installing it.

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
4.4 Entry Lamp in Exterior Mirror, Bulb

mercia
Removal
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
move ignition key.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Remove the entry lamp in outside mirror. Refer to

fo
en
g
⇒ “4.3 Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror W52 /

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
152
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror W53

”, page 151 . gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
a does
lksw n
– Pull the bulb -1- out
db
yof
Vo the socket -2- in the direction ofuathe
ot g
-arrow-. orise ran
te
h eo
ut ra
Bulb: 12V, W6W
ss
a c
ce
le
Installation
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
Check the exterior mirror function after installing it.
t to the co
rrectnes
4.5 Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamps
s o
cial p
f in
The Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L131- and
form
mer
the Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb -
atio
m
L132- are installed in the left/right exterior mirror housing.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Note
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
If damaged, then the entire driver exterior mirror turn signal lamp
yi Co
op
and/or entire front passenger exterior mirror turn signal lamp must
C py
t. rig
gh
be replaced.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the driver exterior mirror turn signal lamp bulb or the
front passenger exterior mirror turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Removal and Installation .
Installation
– Install the driver exterior mirror turn signal lamp bulb or front
passenger exterior mirror turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to ⇒
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Removal and Installation .
4.6 Fog Lamps

⇒ “4.6.1 Fog Lamp Golf”, page 153
⇒ “4.6.2 Fog Lamp Bulb and Static Cornering Lamp Golf”,
page 154
⇒ “4.6.3 Fog Lamp, GTI”, page 155
⇒ “4.6.4 Fog Lamp Bulb and Static Cornering Lamp, GTI”, page
156
4.6.1 Fog Lamp Golf
Note
Illustrations depict removal and installation of left fog lamp.

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removal agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers ris and re‐
ed
nte
move ignition key. aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
– Unclip cover cap -1- from locking mechanisms.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
– Remove bolt -arrow-.
cial p
f inform
– Remove the fog lamp housing from the bumper cover. Pay
mer
attention to the wires still connected.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the fog lamp

housing.
Installation
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion given in the assembly overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Fog Lamp, Golf Overview”, page 121 .
– Check the headlamp adjustment and adjust if necessary. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
4.6.2 Fog Lamp Bulb and Static Cornering

Lamp Golf
Note
♦ The bulb in the fog lamp housing works either as a static cor‐
nering lamp or a fog lamp depending on the control.
♦ The illustration shows the procedure for removing and instal‐
ling the left fog lamp.
Removal
– Remove fog lamp. Refer to
⇒ “4.6.1 Fog Lamp Golf”, page 153 .

Golf 2009 ➤
– Turn the bulb socket with the fog lamp bulb/static cornering
lamp -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and remove it from the
fog lamp.
The fog lamp bulb and the bulb socket are a single piece and
cannot be replaced separately.
Fog lamp bulb: HB4 12V, 51W . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Installation y Volk not
gu
edb ara
nte
Install in reverse order
horis
of removal, noting the following: eo
aut ra
– Check headlamp ss for function. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.6.3 Fog Lamp, GTI
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Illustrations depict removal and installation of left fog lamp.
nf
ercia
orm
Removal
m
atio
om
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ n in
or c
thi
move ignition key.
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Disconnect the connector -1-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove both screws -2-.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Move the fog lamp -1- slightly down and pull it out of the bump‐
er cover in the direction of the -arrow-.
Installation
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion given in the assembly overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Fog Lamp, GTI Overview”, page 122 .

Golf 2009 ➤
4.6.4 Fog Lamp Bulb and Static Cornering

Lamp, GTI
The Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- and the Right Front Fog
Lamp Bulb - L23- also work as a static cornering lamp, depending
on the vehicle equipment level. The fog lamp bulb can be replaced
through a cover inside the front wheel housing liner without having
to remove the fog lamp.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Unclip the cover -1- from the front wheel housing liner.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Turn the fog lamp bulb -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and
pull it out of the fog lamp housing.

t to the co
Fog lamp bulb: H8 12V, 35W

rrectne
Note
ss o
The fog lamp bulb and the bulb socket are a single piece and
cial p
f in
cannot be disassembled.
form
mer
atio
m
Installation:
o
n
c
i
or
n thi

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Make sure the cover audibly engages when installed.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.7 Front Side Marker Lamp
Note
♦ It is not necessary to disconnect the battery ground cable.

♦ Removing and installing the left front side marker lamp is
shown in the illustrations.
♦ Removing and installing the right front side marker lamp is
identical.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, either remove the
bolt -arrow- in the wheel housing or remove the front section
of the wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
– Press the
ss a tab -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and remove the
c
side marker lamp -2-, from the bumper cover.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Pull the bulb socket and bulb -1- out of the side marker lamp
itte
y li
housing.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the side marker lamp.

Installation
nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
Note
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
When installing the bulb socket, pay attention to the housing; the
f
en
ng
t.
yi
openings under the rubber seal must align with the tabs on the
Co
op py
housing. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Install the bulb socket into the bulb housing. cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Insert the front of the side marker lamp -2- with the tab -3- into
the opening in the bumper cover. Then press the back of the
side marker lamp -1- until it audibly engages.
– Make sure the side marker lamp works correctly.
4.8 Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb
Note
♦ It is not necessary to disconnect the

en AG. V
olksbattery
wagen AGground cable.
ag does
lksw n
♦ Illustrations showd removal
by
Vo and installation of left Front
ot g
uaSide
Marker Lamp oBulb
ris
e - M11- . ran
tee
th or
♦ au
Removingssand installing the right front side marker lamp bulbac
is identical.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removal
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
move ignition key.

h re
hole
spec
– Remove the front side marker lamp. Refer to

es, in part or in w
⇒ “4.7 Front Side Marker Lamp”, page 157 .

t to the co
– Remove the bulb from the bulb socket.

Bulb: 12V, W3W
rrectness of i
Installation
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
Note
atio
om
n in
or c
When installing the bulb socket, pay attention to the housing; the
thi
te
sd
a
openings under the rubber seal must align with the tabs on the
iv
o
r
rp
cu
housing.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Make sure the side marker lamp works correctly. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.9 Halogen Headlamps

⇒ “4.9.1 Center Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 159
⇒ “4.9.2 Front Turn Signal Bulb”, page 160
⇒ “4.9.3 Halogen Headlamps”, page 161
⇒ “4.9.4 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor, Hella”, page
163
⇒ “4.9.5 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor, Valeo”,
page 165
⇒ “4.9.6 High Beam Headlamp Bulb and Daytime Running Lamp
Bulb”, page 167
⇒ “4.9.7 Inner Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 168
⇒ “4.9.8 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb”, page 169
⇒ “4.9.9 Outer Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 170
⇒ “4.9.10 Parking Lamp Bulb”, page 171
4.9.1 Center Headlamp Mounting Tab, Re‐

pairing
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers
AG. Volkswageand
n AG dre‐
agen
move ignition key. Volksw
oes
not
g y ua
db ran
– Remove headlamp. Referortoise tee
⇒ “4.9.3 Halogen Headlamps”,
au
th
page 161 . or
ac
ss
– Remove the rest of the old headlamp mounting tab -1- as il‐
ce
le
un
pt
lustrated.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Position the new headlamp mounting tab -1- on the socket on

nform
ercia
the headlamp and tighten the screws -2- to 1.0 Nm.

m
– Install the headlamp. Refer to

com
tio

n in
r
te o
thi
– Check the headlamp adjustment and adjust it if necessary.

s
iva
do
Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.9.2 Front Turn Signal Bulb
Note
♦ It is not necessary to remove the headlampain order

gen AG. Voto
lksreplace
wagen AG
d
a front turn signal bulb. Vol
ksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
♦ Illustrations depict replacementoof ris front turn
e
signal lamp at left nte
eo
headlamp. auth ra
ss c
♦ Replacing a right front turn signal bulb is identical.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removal
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
move ignition key.
h re
hole
spec
– Pull off cover cap -1-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and pull cu
o
m
f
the front turn signal bulb out of the headlamp.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Press the button -arrow- and pull the front turn signal bulb
-1- out of the bulb socket.
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
The front turn signal bulb and the bulb socketise
d bare a single piece
y ara
nte
and cannot be disassembled. thor eo
au ra
ss c
Front turn signal lamp: 12V, PSY 24W SV
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Installation
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Caution
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
When installing the cover cap, make sure the cap is properly
es, in part or in w
seated. It is destroyed by entry of water into headlamp.
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fin‐
gers will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light
nform
ercia
is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the glass.

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ The bulb socket has two tabs-each having a different length,
C py
t. rig
gh
for locking into the reflector.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Insert the bulb socket and the front turn signal bulb into the
cted agen
Prote AG.
reflector so that the longer tab is at the top.
4.9.3 Halogen Headlamps

Removal
Note

♦ There are two headlamp manufacturers. Removing and in‐
stalling the headlamp is identical for both versions.
♦ Removing and installing the left headlamp is shown in the il‐
lustrations. Removing and installing the right headlamp is
identical.
♦ Always adjust the headlamp after installing it. Refer to ⇒
Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
move ignition key.

Golf 2009 ➤

– Disengage and disconnect the multi-pin connector -1-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Remove the screw -2- on the back of the headlamp.
d by Vo gu
ara
rise nte
– Remove three mounting bolts -arrows-. utho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pull the headlamp forward, straight out of the opening in the
body.
rrectness of i
Installation
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Insert the three guides on the headlamp into the bottom
C py
t. rig
gh
-arrows- of the guide piece and slide it into the opening in the
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
body.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the three screws -arrows-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Install the screw -2- on the back of the headlamp.

– Tighten the screws on the headlamp to the tightening specifi‐
cation given in the assembly overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Halogen Headlamps Overview”, page 122 .
– Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap di‐
mensions.
If headlamp has an uneven gap dimension to the body, installa‐
tion position must be corrected. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Headlamps, Correcting Installation Position”, page 141 .
Note
If one headlamp is removed, it must always be adjusted after in‐

stallation.

4.9.4 Headlamp Range Control Positioning

Motor, Hella
Removal
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
o lksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
♦ If the motors are removed
hor and installed again or replaced, eo
ut
check the headlamp
s a adjustment and adjust it again if neces‐ ra
c
sary. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr.
s
ce
e
nl
03 .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Illustrations depict replacement of headlamp beam adjusting

erm
ab
motor at left headlamp.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Replacing the headlamp range control positioning motor on

h re
the right headlamp is identical.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
move ignition key.
– Remove headlamp. Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect the connector -1- from the headlamp range control

positioning motor.
– Turn the headlamp range control positioning motor -1- in the

direction of the -arrow- all the way until it stops and then pull
it out of the mount -2-.
– Tip the headlamp range control positioning motor -1- so that it
is possible to swing the ball head -3- downward and out of the
ball head mount -2-.
– Remove headlamp beam adjusting motor out of headlamp

housing.
Installation
– Insert the headlamp range control positioning motor into the
headlamp. AG. Volkswagen A n G do
wage es n
– Connect the connector. Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Carefully swing the ball head -3- back into the ball head mount
erm
ab
-2-.
ility
ot p
wit
– Turn the motor -1- to the left all the way to lock it into place.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
rrectnes

s o
cial p
f i
– Adjust the headlamp.

nform
mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

Motor, Valeo
Removal
Note
♦ Whenever a positioning motor is removed, installed or replace,

it is always necessary then to check the headlamp position
and adjust it if necessary. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Proce‐
dures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .
♦ Illustrations depict replacement of headlamp beam adjusting
motor at right headlamp.
♦ Replacing the left headlamp range control positioning motor is
identical.
move ignition key.
– Pull the clip -1- upward and remove the cap -2- from the back
of the headlamp.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
– Turn the adjustment screw -1- for adjusting the lowhbeam
orise lamp nte
eo
vertically in the following direction: aut ra
c
ss
♦ Left headlamp - all around to the left ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ Right headlamp - all round to the right y li

rm
ab
pe
– Lift the adjustment screw -1- with a screwdriver and pull it out
ility
ot
of the headlamp housing.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Disconnect the connector -2- from the headlamp range control

spec
positioning motor.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Move the headlamp range control positioning motor -1- all the
l purpos
way in the direction of the -arrow- to unlock it.

– Tip the headlamp range control positioning motor -3- so that it
nform
ercia
is possible to swing the ball head -1- downward and out of the
ball head mount -2-.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove headlamp beam adjusting motor out of headlamp

housing.
Installation
– Insert the headlamp range control positioning motor into the
headlamp.
– Connect the connector.
– Carefully swing the ball head -1- back into the ball head mount
-2-.
– Turn the motor -3- to the left all the way to lock it into place.

agen oes
olksw not
Make sure the O-ring is installed
ed by correctly when inserting the lowguar
V
an
beam vertical adjustmenthoscrew.
ris tee
ut or
a ac
ss
– Insert the low beam vertical adjustment screw back into the
ce
le
un
pt
headlamp housing.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Caution ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the cap -2- and clip -1-.

rrectness of i

l purpos
– Adjust the headlamp.

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
oes Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
4.9.6 High Beam Headlamp Bulb and Day‐
d
rise nte
tho eo
time Running Lamp Bulb au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ The Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M30- and the Right High
wit
, is n
Beam Headlamp Bulb - M32- is a two-filament bulb and func‐
h re
hole
tions also as the Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- and
spec
the Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L175- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ It is not necessary to remove the headlamp in order to replace
a high beam headlamp/daytime running lamp bulb.
rrectness of i
♦ The illustrations show how to replace the high beam headlamp
bulb/daytime running lamp on the left headlamp.
l purpos
♦ Replacing the high beam headlamp/daytime running lamp

bulb in the right headlamp is identical.
nform
mercia
a
com
Removal
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
move ignition key.
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and pull
the high beam headlamp/daytime running lamp bulb out of the
headlamp.
Note
The high beam headlamp/daytime running lamp bulb and the bulb
socket are a single piece and cannot be disassembled.
High beam headlamp/daytime running lamp bulb: 12V, 15/55W

Installation
Caution AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
When installing the coveredcap, by
V
make sure the cap is properlyguara
seated. It is destroyedhobyris entry of water into headlamp. nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check headlamp for function. rrectness of i
– Check headlamp adjustment and adjust headlamp if neces‐
l purpos
sary. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr.

03 .
nform
ercia
4.9.7 Inner Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repair‐

m
at
om
ing
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
move ignition key. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “4.9.3 Halogen Headlamps”, page 161 . Prote AG.
lustrated.

Golf 2009 ➤

the headlamp and tighten the screw -2- to 1.0 Nm.
– Install the headlamp. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
4.9.8 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb
ol not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ It is not necessary to remove the headlamp in order to remove
y li
erm
ab
the low beam headlamp bulb.
ility
ot p
♦ The illustrations show how to replace the low beam headlamp
wit
, is n
h re
bulb on the left headlamp.
hole
spec
♦ Replacing the low beam headlamp bulb in the right headlamp
es, in part or in w
is identical.
t to the co
Removal rrectness of i
l purpos
move ignition key.

Only on the Hella Headlamp
nf
ercia
or

m
m
atio
m
Only on the Valeo Headlamp

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Note
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ The headlamp is shown removed in the following illustration.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
♦ It is not necessary to remove the headlamp in order to change yri
p by
o Vo
the low beam headlamp bulb. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the clip -1- upward and remove the cap -2- from the back
of the headlamp.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove lamp socket with low beam headlamp bulb in the di‐
rection of the -arrow- and remove it from headlamp.
– Remove the low beam headlamp bulb -2- from the bulb socket
-1- in the direction of the -arrow-.
Low beam headlamp bulb 12V, 55W
Installation
Caution
Note
Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing.

AG.Your
Volkswfin‐
agen AG
gers will leave traces of grease on the glass which,agen
ksw when the light
does
ol not
is switched on, will evaporate and cloud dthe
by glass.
V gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
– Check headlamp for function. ss au ra
c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
4.9.9 Outer Headlamp Mounting Tab, Repair‐

ot
wit
, is n
ing
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
move ignition key.

l purpos

nform
ercia
lustrated.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

the headlamp and tighten the screws -2- to 1.0 Nm.
– Install headlamp. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
4.9.10 Parking Lamp Bulb
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
♦ The headlamp does not need to be removed to replace the
es, in part or in w
t to the co
parking lamp bulb.
♦ Illustrations depict replacement of parking lamp at left head‐
lamp.
rrectness of i
♦ Replacing the parking lamp bulb in the right headlamp is iden‐
l purpos
tical.
nform
ercia
Removal
m
at
om
ion
move ignition key.
c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the bulb socket -1- with the parking lamp bulb out of the
reflector. Pay attention to the length of the wires still connec‐
ted.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Pull the parking lamp bulb -2- straight out of the bulb socket
-1- in the direction of the -arrow-.
Parking lamp bulb: Bulb 12V, 5W
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installation ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
d ara
ise nte
Caution thor eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
4.10 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp

m
a
com
tio
⇒ “4.10.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
n in
r
J745 ”, page 172

te o
thi
s
iva
do
Golf
r
rp
cum
⇒ “4.10.2 Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module
fo
en
ng
L176 / L177 ”, page 173

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Golf R yri
gh by
ht
⇒ “4.10.3 Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module cop Vo
by lksw
L176 / L177 ”, page 173 cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “4.10.4 Headlamps”, page 175

⇒ “4.10.5 Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 / J668 ”,
page 177
⇒ “4.10.6 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor”,
page 178
⇒ “4.10.7 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 / N396
”, page 178
⇒ “4.10.8 HID Bulb”, page 178
⇒ “4.10.9 HID Lamp Ballast J426 / J427 ”, page 180
⇒ “4.10.10 Level Control System Sensor”, page 181
⇒ “4.10.11 Parking Lamp Bulb”, page 181
⇒ “4.10.12 Turn Signal Bulb”, page 182
4.10.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range

Control Module - J745-
Removing

Golf 2009 ➤

– Remove the control module -1-. Pay attention to the wires still
connected.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Press the tab -arrow-, move the bracket -1-riin
s the direction of
ed
nte
-arrow 2- and disconnect the connector. utho eo
ra
s a c
s
Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Code the new headlamp range/cornering lamp control module
es, in part or in w
after installing it. Refer to and then perform a basic setting on the
t to the co
headlamp. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. 03 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Refer to ⇒ Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. 03 .
nform
ercia
4.10.2 Daytime Running Lamp and Position

m
at
Lamp LED Module -L176- / -L177-
om
ion
c
in t
or
The Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module
his
ate
- L176- and the Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
do
priv
c
LED Module - L177- are located inside the headlamp and cannot
um
for
en
g
be replaced individually.
n
t.
yi Co
op py
If a failure occurs, the entire headlamp must be replaced. Refer
. C rig
ht ht
rig
to ⇒ “4.10.4 Headlamps”, page 175 . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
4.10.3 Daytime Running Lamp and Position
Prote AG.
Lamp LED Module -L176- / -L177-

♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAS6494- or equivalent
Note
The daytime running lamp module LED and the parking lamp are
a complete single component and cannot be serviced. If the one
of the LEDs in the module is faulty, then it is necessary to replace
the complete component.

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Note o
ir se
d ran
tee
th or
au ac
Removing and installing is shown on the left side of the vehicle.
ss
ce
le
Removing and installing the Right Daytime Running Lamp and
un
pt
Position Lamp LED Module - L177- on the right side of the vehicle
an
d
itte
y li
is identical.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Disconnect the connector -1- for the daytime running lamp
t to the co
module LED and parking lamp from the front air guide -2-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the air guide grille -1-. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove screws -1-.

– Remove the daytime running lamp module and parking lamp
LED -1- from the bumper.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Guide the wiring harness -3- through the opening in the bump‐
er -2-.
Installation
– Install the daytime running lamp and parking lamp LED mod‐
ule into the opening in the bumper and tighten the screws
-1-.
– Install the air guide grille -1-. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
– Connectuththe connector -1- and attach the wiring harness
o
orto the
front air
ss guide grille -2-.
a ac
ce
e
nl
– Install front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.

pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Make sure the daytime running lamp and parking lamp LED mod‐
es, in part or in w
ule is working correctly.

t to the co
Tightening Specifications
rrectness of i
Component Nm
l purpos
Daytime Running Lamp and Parking Lamp LED 2

Module to the Bumper
nform
mercia
at
4.10.4 Headlamps
om
ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
Removal
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Note
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Removing and installing the left headlamp is shown in the il‐
lustrations. Removing and installing the right headlamp is
identical.
♦ Always adjust the headlamp after installing it. Refer to ⇒
Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. Rep. Gr. 03 .

Golf 2009 ➤
move ignition key.
– Disengage and disconnect the multi-pin connector -1-.
– Remove the screw -2- on the back of the headlamp.
– Remove three mounting bolts -arrows-.
– Pull the headlamp forward, straight out of the opening in the

body.
Installation
wage es n
– Insert the three guides on the headlamp into the bottom Vol
ks ot g
by ua
-arrows- of the guide piece and slide it into the opening in isthe
ed ran
tee
body. utho
r
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– First install the three screws -arrows- at the top.

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Install the screw -2- on the back of the headlamp.

– Tighten the screws on the headlamp to the tightening specifi‐
cation given in the assembly overview. Refer to
page 125 .
– Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap di‐
mensions.
If headlamp has an uneven gap dimension to the body, installa‐
tion position must be corrected. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Headlamps, Correcting Installation Position”, page 141 .
Note
Always perform a basic setting on the headlamp, whenever an

HID headlamp is removed or adapted to the body. Adjust the
headlamp if necessary.

4.10.5 Headlamp Power Output Stage -J667- /

-J668-
The Left Headlamp Power Output Stage - J667- or the Right
Headlamp Power Output Stage - J668- is located at the bottom
of the headlamp housing.
Note
The following illustrations show the procedure for removing and

installing the headlamp power output gestage
n AG. Von
olksthe
wagright
en AGheadlamp.
does
Removing and installing the left
Volkheadlamp
swa is identical. not
g by ua
ed ran
ris tee
Removal tho
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
⇒ “4.10.4 Headlamps”, page 175 .

pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove three mounting bolts -arrows-.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The connector is disconnected at the same time when the head‐

t to the co
lamp power output stage is removed from the headlamp housing.

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
177
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the headlamp power output stage -1- upward from

the headlamp housing.
Installation
Caution
Make sure the seal fits correctly when installing the headlamp
power output. It is destroyed by ingress of water into headlamp.
– Tighten the screws to the tightening specification given in the

assembly overview. Refer to
page 125 .
Note
Code the Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module

- J745- after installing a new headlamp power output stage. Refer
to and then perform a basic setting on the headlamp. Refer to ⇒
Maintenance Procedures; Rep. Gr. 03 .

Motor
The headlamp range control positioning motor cannot be re‐
moved on HID headlamps with corning lamps. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw not
If the headlamp beam adjusting motor is defective,
db
yV
o
the headlamp gu
ara
must be replaced. o
ir se nte
th eo
au ra
4.10.7 Headlamp Reflector
ss Adjustment Sole‐ c
ce
e
noid -N395- / -N396-

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid - N395- and Right

erm
ab
ility
Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid - N396- are located in‐

ot p
side the headlamp and cannot be replaced or adjusted separate‐

wit
, is n
h re
ly.
hole
spec
If a failure occurs, the entire headlamp must be replaced. Refer

es, in part or in w
t to the co
to ⇒ “4.10.4 Headlamps”, page 175 .
4.10.8 HID Bulb

rrectness of i
l purpos
WARNING
Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps.

nf
ercia
Refer to
rm
⇒ “1.7 HID Headlamps, Usage and Safety Precautions”, page

m
atio
m
105 .
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Replacing the Left HID Headlamp Bulb - L13- inside a left head‐
gh ht
pyri by
lamp is shown in the following illustrations. Replacing the Right
co Vo
by lksw
cted
HID Headlamp Bulb - L14- is identical.
agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the cap -1- from the rear side of the headlamp.
– Press the button to release the connector -1- and then dis‐
connect the connector downward.
– Turn the HID headlamp bulb -1- in the direction of the
-arrow- and carefully remove it from the reflector.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
179
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
HID headlamp bulb: D1S 12V, 35 W.

Installation
WARNING
♦ Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge head‐

lamps. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 HID Headlamps, Usage and Safety Precautions”,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 105 . lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
♦ When installing the cover cap,rismake
ed
b
sure the cap is prop‐ ran
erly seated. It is destroyedutby
ho entry of water into head‐
tee
or
lamp. ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Do not touch the glass of the HID bulb when installing. Your
hole
spec
fingers will leave traces of grease on the glass which will evap‐
es, in part or in w
orate and cloud the glass when the bulb is switched on.
t to the co
♦ Do not subject the glass of the gas-discharge bulb to any me‐
chanical stress. The glass bulb is very fragile externally and is
rrectness of i
under high pressure internally.
l purpos
♦ Avoid looking directly into the light beam, since the UV rays
given off by the HID bulb are approximately 2.5 times stronger
than those of a halogen bulb.
nform
mercia

a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
Note
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Always perform a basic setting on the headlamp, whenever an

en
ng
t.
yi Co
HID headlamp is removed or adapted to the body. Adjust the Cop py
headlamp if necessary.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Check the headlamp setting and adjust if necessary. Refer to Prote AG.
4.10.9 HID Lamp Ballast -J426- / -J427-

The Left HID Lamp Ballast - J426- or the Right HID Lamp Ballast
- J427- is located on the under side of the respective headlamp
housing.
Note
The following illustrations show removing and installing the right

HID lamp ballast in the right headlamp. Removing and installing
the left HID lamp ballast in the left headlamp is identical.
Removal

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove both bolts -arrows-.
Note
When removing the HID headlamp ballast from the headlamp

housing, the electrical connector is disconnected at the same
time.
– Pull the High Intensity HID lamp ballast -1- straight up from the
headlamp housing.
Installation
Caution o lkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Make sure the seal fit correctly
thoris
when installing the HID head‐ tee
lamp ballast. It is destroyed
au by entry of water into headlamp. or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Tighten the screws to the tightening specification given in the
y li
erm
ab
assembly overview. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
page 125 .
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
4.10.10 Level Control System Sensor
The level control system transmits the vehicle inclination in the
rrectne
form of a signal to the automatic headlamp range control system.
The level control system determines this signal from all of the
s
signals transmitted by the level control system sensors. s o
cial p
f in
The vehicle level control system sensor is a component of the

form
mer
level control system. For removing and installing the vehicle level
atio
sensor. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 43 ;

om

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
4.10.11 Parking Lamp Bulb

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ The illustrations show how to replace the Left Position Lamp
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Bulb - M1- . Prote AG.
♦ Replacing the Right Position Lamp Bulb - M3- in the right

headlamp is identical.
the parking lamp bulb.
Removal
move ignition key.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Turn the cap -2- to the left and remove it.
– Pull the bulb socket -1- together with the parking lamp bulb out
of the reflector. Pay attention to the wires still connected.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Pull the parking lamp bulb -1- out of the bulb socket -2- in the
wit
, is n
direction of the -arrow-.
h re
hole
spec
Parking lamp bulb: Bulb 12V, 5W
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installation
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Note
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.10.12 Turn Signal Bulb
Note
♦ The following illustrations show the procedure for replacing

Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7- inside the right headlamp.
♦ The procedure for replacing the Left Front Turn Signal Bulb -
M5- in the left headlamp is similar.
the turn signal bulb.

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
move ignition key.
– Turn the cap -2- to the left and remove it.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and pull
ot p
it together with the turn signal bulb out of the reflector.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
– Press the releases -arrows- and pull the front turn signal bulb
o
n in
or c
-1- out of the bulb socket -2-.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
The front turn signal bulb and the bulb socket are a single piece
t. rig
gh ht
yri
and cannot be disassembled.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Front turn signal lamp: 12V, PSY 24W
Installation
Caution
Note


Golf 2009 ➤
4.11 High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25-

⇒ “4.11.1 Golf”, page 184
⇒ “4.11.2 GTI, through 05/2009”, page 186
⇒ “4.11.3 GTI, from 06/2009”, page 187
4.11.1 Golf
♦ Trim Release Lever - Wedge - T10039/1-
Note
♦ Failure of Light Emitting Diodes (LED) in high-mount brake

lights:
♦ Individual LEDs in auxiliary brake lights are combined into
groups of up to four LEDs and are supplied with power as a
group.
♦ The high-mount brake lamp is designed in such a way that it
still meets legal requirements when one LED group fails.
♦ If another LED group fails, these legal requirements are no
longer met.
♦ When one LED group fails, the intact LEDs are given a higher
load, by which failure of other LED groups can be assumed in
the near future.
♦ If more than four individual LEDs in auxiliary brake lamp have
failed, the auxiliary brake lamp must be replaced (repair meas‐
ure). wage
e
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
The spray nozzle for the rear owindow
rise washer system is inside the nte
eo
high-mounted brake lamp.aut h
ra
ss c
Spray nozzle, rear window washer system, removing and instal‐
ce
e
nl
pt
ling and adjusting. Refer to

du
an
itte
⇒ “4.14 Rear Window Spray Nozzle”, page 98 .

y li
erm
ab
ility
Removal
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
move ignition key.

spec
es, in part or in w
– Cover the area of the rear lid above the brake lamp with a strip
t to the co
of adhesive tape -1-.

– Remove the rear lid window frame trim. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
rrectness of i
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

l purpos
Caution
nf
ercia
When removing high-mount brake light, ensure seal is not

rm
m
damaged.
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Place the Trim Release Lever - Wedge - T10039/1- -1- at the

top between the High-mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- -2-
and the rear lid.
– Press the lower springs -arrows- and remove the high-moun‐

ted brake lamp bulb from the rear lid.
– Remove the hose clip -arrow- and pull the hose connection
-1- off the high-mounted brake lamp.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Disconnect the connector -2- and remove the high-mounted

wit
, is n
brake lamp.
h re
hole
spec
Installation
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
When installing high-mounted brake lamp, ensure seal is seated

l purpos
correctly. Seal must not have any bulges and must not be dam‐
aged.
nf
ercia
– Install the hose and the hose connection.

rm
m
atio
m
– Install the brake lamp into the rear lid starting at the bottom.
o
n in
or c
thi
– Make sure the high-mounted brake lamp and the rear window
te
sd
a
washer system are working correctly.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.11.2 GTI, through 05/2009
Note
♦ Failure of Light Emitting Diodes (LED) in high-mount brake

lights:
group.
longer met.
the near future.
ure).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Removal Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
– Switch off ignition,
orise
switch off all electrical consumers and
nte re‐
eo
move ignition
aut key.
h
ra
ss c
– Remove the spoiler on the edge of the roof. Refer to ⇒ Body
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
– Carefully remove the rubber seal -1- from the opening.

ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
– Remove both screws -arrows- and remove the brake lamp

com
tio
-1- from the spoiler on the edge of the roof.

n in
r
te o
thi
Installation
s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
When installing roof edge spoiler, ensure rubber seal between
Prote AG.
high-mounted brake lamp wiring harness and body is seated cor‐
rectly.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.11.3 GTI, from 06/2009
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
♦ Failure of Light oEmitting Diodes (LED) in high-mount brake
ed
ris nte
lights: aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
group.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
longer met.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the near future.
rrectness of i
l purpos

ure).
nf
ercia
orm
Removal
m
atio
om
n in
or c
move ignition key.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
– Insert a suitable screwdriver into the opening under the High-
r
rp
cu
o
mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- .

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Move the screwdriver in the direction of the -arrow- and pull C py
ht. rig
the clip -1- downward. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Repeat this on the second clip on the high-mounted brake Prote
cted AG.
agen
lamp.
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp -2- from the spoiler on
the edge of the roof paying attention to the wires still connec‐
ted.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Carefully remove the rubber seal -1- from the opening.

– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp.
Installation
Note
When installing the High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- make

sure that the rubber seal -1- is positioned correctly between the
High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- and the body.
– Make sure the high-mounted brake lamp fits correctly in the

spoiler on the edge of the roof after installing the clips.
– Perform a functionality test on the high-mounted brake lamp.
4.12 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder,

through 05/2010
⇒ “4.12.1 Steering Lock Housing”, page 188
⇒ “4.12.2 Lock Cylinder”, page 189
⇒ “4.12.3 Ignition Switch”, page 191
⇒ “4.12.4 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 ”, page 192
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4.12.1 Steering Lock Housing by
Volksw not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
Caution ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
To remove steering lock housing, it is first necessary to remove

base carrier for steering column switches.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nf
ercia
♦ Steering lock may be destroyed.

rm
m
atio
m
♦ If steering lock is operated without lock cylinder, it locks

o
n in
c
and must be replaced.

or
thi
te
sd
a
♦ Steering lock must not be operated without lock cylinder.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Removal C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Disconnect the battery. Refer to op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20 . cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove base carrier for steering column switches. Refer to

⇒ “1.12 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , through
05/2010”, page 109 .

Golf 2009 ➤
4.12.2 Lock Cylinder
Caution
♦ Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual when discon‐

necting and connecting the battery. Refer to
Removal
– Disconnect the battery. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw page 20 .
⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, not
yV g b ua
ed ran
– Remove the steering column trim.hoRefer
ris to ⇒ Body Interior; tee
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation
s aut
. or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The turn signal switch, the Windshield Wiper Switch - E- , the
wit
steering angle sensor, the spiral spring, the steering wheel and
, is n
h re
the steering column electronic systems control module are not
hole
spec
shown in the illustration. Components must not be removed
es, in part or in w
when removing lock cylinder.
t to the co
♦ The immobilizer induction coil is attached to the lock cylinder
and cannot be replaced separately.
rrectness of i
♦ To improve clarity, the ignition key is not shown in the following
l purpos
illustrations.
♦ The hole can be located opposite 180° as shown in the illus‐
nf
ercia
tration. This does not affect removing and installing. orm

m
atio
m
– Insert ignition key into lock cylinder and turn it into position
o
n in
c
Drive.
or
thi
te
sd
a
Key positions of lock cylinder:

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
1 - Position Off
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
2 - Position Run
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3 - Position Start cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
For reasons of clarity, the following illustration depicts lock cylin‐

der as removed and without ignition key.
– Insert a steel wire (approximately 1.2 mm diameter) into the

hole -arrow- next to the ignition key.
– Using the steel wire -2-, release -arrow- the retaining lever
-3- of the lock cylinder -1-.
– Remove the lock cylinder -1- from the steering lock housing.
– Disconnect harness connector -arrow- at induction coil.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Installation aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
To improve clarity, the ignition key is not shown in the following

ot p
wit
illustration.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder -1- and turn it to
es, in part or in w
the Run position.

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Connect the immobilizer induction coil connector.

l purpos
– Insert the lock cylinder -1- into the steering lock housing.
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
r
Connection of induction coil for anti-theft immobilizer must be in‐

o
his
te
serted into guide on steering lock housing.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
– Pull the steel wire -2- out of the lock cylinder -1- and verify that
n
t.
yi Co
the lock cylinder is securely seated in the steering lock hous‐ Cop py
. rig
ing.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
– Install all the components in reverse order of removal.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.12.3 Ignition Switch

Removal
– Remove the steering column trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
– Disconnect harness connector -2- from ignition/starter switch
-1-.
– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder and the key to the
“Run” position.
Kostal
– Free up the hole -2- under the seal -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow- with a small
erm
screwdriver. ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Release the ignition switch with two small screwdrivers h re

-arrows-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Pull out ignition/starter switch -1- from steering lock housing.

m
at
om
ion
Installation
c
in t
or
his
te
a
do
riv
“Run” position.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Insert ignition/starter switch into steering lock housing until it

engages audibly.
1 - Position Off
2 - Position Run
3 - Position Start
– Turn the ignition key to the “Stop” position.
4.12.4 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid -

N376-
The ignition switch key lock solenoid must be mounted next to the
ignition switch. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Note tho tee
or
au ac
ss
To remove the ignition key on a vehicle with a DSG transmission,
ce
le
un
pt
move the selector lever into “P” and then switch off the ignition.
an
d
itte
Otherwise, ignition switch key lock solenoid prevents the key from
y li
rm
ab
being removed!
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Removal
h re
hole
spec
– Remove Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- .
es, in part or in w
Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “4.16.4 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527
”, page 205 .
rrectness of i
– Release locking device -2- using a suitable screwdriver.
l purpos
– Pull ignition key removal lock solenoid -1- in the direction of

the -arrow- out of its mount.
nform
ercia
– During this, harness connector is simultaneously disconnec‐

ted.
m
a
com
tion in
Installation
r
te o
thi
– Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
After connecting the battery, activate the ignition switch key lock cop Vo
by lksw
solenoid by performing an output diagnostic test. cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.13 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, from

06/2010
⇒ “4.13.1 Steering Lock Housing”, page 193
⇒ “4.13.2 Lock Cylinder”, page 193
⇒ “4.13.3 Ignition Switch”, page 195
⇒ “4.13.4 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 ”, page 196
4.13.1 Steering Lock Housing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Caution olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual
o
aut
h when disconnecting eo
ra
and connecting the s battery.
s Refer to c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
To remove steering lock housing, it is first necessary to remove
es, in part or in w
base carrier for steering column switches.
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
t
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Removal do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20 . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the steering column switch base carrier. Refer to p by
o Vo
by c
⇒ “1.13.2 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 ”, page
lksw
cted agen
Prote
110 .
AG.
4.13.2 Lock Cylinder
Caution
♦ Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual when discon‐

necting and connecting the battery. Refer to
Removal

Golf 2009 ➤

Note
♦ The steering column lever, the spiral spring and the steering
wheel are not shown in the illustration. Components must not
be removed when removing lock cylinder.
♦ The immobilizer induction coil is attached to the lock cylinder
and cannot be replaced separately.
♦ To improve clarity, the ignition key is not shown in the following
illustrations.
♦ The hole can be located opposite 180° as shown in the illus‐
AG. Volkswagen
tration. This does not affect removing
lksw
agen and installing.
AG do
es n
o o t gu
yV
edb ara
s nte
– Insert ignition key intoho lock cylinder
ri and turn it into position eo
Drive. aut ra
ss c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
1 - Position Off
y li
erm
ab
ility
2 - Position Run
ot p
wit
, is n
3 - Position Start
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Note
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
For reasons of clarity, the following illustration depicts lock cylin‐ Cop py
der as removed and without ignition key.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Insert a steel wire (approximately 1.2 mm diameter) into the Prote AG.
hole in direction of -arrow- next to the ignition key.
– Remove the lock cylinder -1- from the steering lock housing.

Golf 2009 ➤
lkswage es n
Vo ot
– Disconnect the ed
byconnector -arrow- on the anti-theftguimmobilizer
ara
induction hcoil.
or
is nte
eo
ut ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installation
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
o
To improve clarity, the ignition key is not shown in the following
rm
m
atio
illustration.
om
n in
or c
thi
– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder -1- and turn it to
te
sd
a
the Run position.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Connect the immobilizer induction coil connector.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Insert the lock cylinder -1- into the steering lock housing.
agen
Prote AG.
Note
Connection of induction coil for anti-theft immobilizer must be in‐

serted into guide on steering lock housing.
– Pull the steel wire -2- out of the lock cylinder -1- and verify that
the lock cylinder is securely seated in the steering lock hous‐
ing.
4.13.3 Ignition Switch

Removal
– Disconnect harness connector -2- from ignition/starter switch
-1-.
“Run” position.
Kostal
– Free up the hole -2- under the seal -3-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow- with a small
screwdriver.
– Release the ignition switch with two small screwdrivers in di‐
rection of -arrows-.
– Pull out ignition/starter switch -1- from steering lock housing.

Installation
“Run” position.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Insert ignition/starter switch into steering lock housing until it
ce
e
nl
pt
engages audibly.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Key must be located in Drive position.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Position Off
rrectness of i
2 - Position Run
l purpos
3 - Position Start
– Turn the ignition key to the “Stop” position.
nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
4.13.4 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid -

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
N376- C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
The ignition switch key lock solenoid must be mounted next to the
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
ignition switch. Prote AG.
Note
To remove key on a vehicle with a DSG transmission, move the

selector lever into “P” and then switch off the ignition. Otherwise,
ignition switch key lock solenoid prevents the key from being re‐
moved!

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
– Release locking device -2- using a suitable screwdriver.
– Pull ignition switch key lock solenoid -1- in the direction of the
in direction of -arrow- out of its mount.
– During this, harness connector is simultaneously disconnec‐
ted.
Installation
– Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:
Note
After connecting the battery, activate the ignition switch key lock
solenoid by performing an output diagnostic test.
4.14 License Plate Lamp

⇒ “4.14.1 License Plate Lamp Attached by Screws”, page 197
⇒ “4.14.2 Bulb, License Plate Lamp Attached by Screws”,
page 198
⇒ “4.14.3 License Plate Lamp Attached by Clips”, page 199
⇒ “4.14.4 Bulb, License Plate Lamp Attached by Clips”, AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
page 200 Volksw
oes
not
by gu
ara
ed
4.14.1 License Plate Lamp Attached by Screws thoris nte
eo
au ra
c
Removal ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
move ignition key.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Press retaining tab -arrow- in the direction of the -arrow- with
wit
, is n
a suitable screwdriver and remove license plate lamp from

h re
bumper.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disengage and disconnect harness connector -arrow-.

Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following:
Note
There is a small silver protective strip -arrow- applied to the li‐

cense plate lamp lens. When installing the lens, this strip must
always face the bumper.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Check the license plate lamp function.
d by Vo gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
4.14.2 Bulb, License Plate Lamp Attached by
pe
ility
ot
Screws
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Removal
spec
es, in part or in w
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ t to the co
move ignition key.
– Remove bolts -arrows- for the license plate light.
rrectness of i
– Remove diffusion lens with bulb from license plate lamp hous‐
l purpos
ing.
– Press contact plate in the direction of the -arrow- and remove
nform
ercia
the bulb.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Bulb: tubular bulb 12V C5W Prote AG.
Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following:

wage es n
yV
olks ot g Golf 2009 ➤
b ua
ir se
d Electrical
ran
tee Equipment - Edition 01.2015
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Note
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ There is a small silver protective strip -arrow- applied to the
ility
ot p
license plate lamp lens. When installing the lens, this strip
wit
, is n
must always face the bumper.
h re
hole
♦ When assembling license plate light, make sure that diffusion
spec
lens gasket has proper fit.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Tighten the mounting bolts -arrows- to 1.2 Nm.

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.14.3 License Plate Lamp Attached by Clips

Removal
move ignition key.
– Press the license plate lamp tab in direction of -arrow- and
remove the lamp from the bumper cover.
– Disengage and disconnect harness connector -arrow-.

Installation
Note
Install the license plate lamp into the bumper cover so that the
connector faces the left side of the vehicle.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.14.4 Bulb, License Plate Lamp Attached by

Clips
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the license plate lamp. Refer to
⇒ “4.14.3 License Plate Lamp Attached by Clips”, page 199 .
– Turn the bulb socket in the direction of the -arrow- and pull it
out of the license plate lamp.
Glass base bulb 12V, W5W
Installation
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
4.15 Start System Button - E378-
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Note
ole,
spec
When removing and installing components in a visible area

t to the co
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which a prying
tool ( Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) will be posi‐
tioned, using commercially available adhesive tape.
rrectne
Removing
ss o
cial p

inform
mer
– Pry off the cap on the Start System Button -arrows- using the
atio
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or use a screwdriver.

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect the connectors -arrows- and remove the Start Sys‐

tem Button.
Installation
Note
Make sure the Start System Button cap fits securely in the steer‐
ing column trim.
4.16 Steering Column Switch, through

05/2010
Installation Sequence”, page 201
⇒ “4.16.2 Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring F138
”, page 202
⇒ “4.16.3 Steering Column Switch Base Plate”, page 203
page 205
⇒ “4.16.5 Turn Signal Switch E2 ”, page 206
⇒ “4.16.6 Windshield Wiper Switch E ”, page 207
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4.16.1 Steering Column Switch Components, byV
olksw not
gu
ara
Removal and Installation Sequence ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
Caution
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
When removing the complete steering column switches including t to the co

base carrier, it is disassembled and steering lock housing is also
removed with it. New shear bolts are required for installing steer‐
ing lock housing.
rrectness of i
Also, if Only One Individual Component of Steering Column

l purpos
Switch is Removed or Replaced, the Sequence Described in the

Following Must Always Be Adhered To.
nf
ercia
Removal
orm
m
atio

om
n in

or c
thi
te
sd
iva
WARNING
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Risk of airbag deployment!
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ The airbag could deploy if the unit is mishandled.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working with airbags.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; General Informa‐
tion .

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Removal and Installation .
Remove steering column switch assembly components in the fol‐
lowing sequence:
♦ Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527- . Refer to
”, page 205 .
♦ Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.16.2 Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring
F138 ”, page 202 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Turn Signal Switch - E2- . Refer to ksw
agen oes
not
Vol 206 .
⇒ “4.16.5 Turn Signal Switch E2 d”,bypage gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ Windshield Wiper Switch - E-uth.oRefer to eo
ra
⇒ “4.16.6 Windshield Wiper
ss Switch E ”, page
a 207 . c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
⇒ “4.16.3 Steering Column Switch Base Plate”, page 203 .

itte
y li
rm
ab
Installation
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
4.16.2 Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Slip Ring - F138-
Removal
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
Follow the specified sequence when removing and installing

nform
ercia
steering column switch components. Refer to

m
a
com
ti

on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Remove the following components in order: C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
WARNING cted agen
Prote AG.

tion .

Refer to
”, page 205 .

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
When removing, the spiral spring must not be twisted out of the
center position and wheels must be in the straight ahead position.
– Lift straps -arrows- slightly at spiral spring -1- and remove spi‐
ral spring toward rear from steering column and steering col‐
umn switches.
Installation
Caution
The turn signal lever could break when installing the spiral
spring.
The turn signal lever must be in athe 0Gposition
gen A
. Volkswagwhen
en AG installing
does
the spiral spring so that it does
Volkswnot fall out. not
g by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
Note
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
When installing spiral spring, spiral spring must be in center po‐
erm
ab
ility
sition and wheels must be in the straight ahead position.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
The following depicts center position of spiral spring, which is de‐
hole
pendent on the manufacturer: spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ The color marked (black square) band -arrow- must be located
C py
ht. rig
in viewing window -1-.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ The color marked (yellow) band -arrow- must be located in
cted agen
Prote AG.
viewing window -1-.
4.16.3 Steering Column Switch Base Plate

♦ Angled Hand Drill

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-
Caution

Note
For the removal of base carrier for steering column switches -2-,
shear bolts of steering lock housing must be drilled out. New
shear bolts -1- are required for the subsequent installation. Refer
to the Parts Catalog.
Caution
♦ Before drilling out shear bolts, always ensure all compo‐

nents secured to base carrier are removed beforehand.
♦ By drilling out, drill shavings can reach the neighboring
components, which can lead to damage and/or malfunc‐
tions!
wage es n
♦ When removing steering column switch components, ob‐ olks ot g
yV ua
serve specified sequence. Refer to d b ran
ir se tee
⇒ “4.16.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removalutho
or
and Installation Sequence”, page 201 . ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removal
rrectne
ss o
– Remove all components secured to the base carrier in the
cial p
f in
specified sequence. Refer to

form
mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
After components secured to base carrier have been removed,

thi
te
sd
a
the base carrier can be removed:

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Drill out the bolts -1- from the steering lock housing -3-.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Bolts M8 -1-, core hole diameter 6.8 mm.
AG.
– Remove steering lock housing and base carrier for steering

column switches -2- from steering column toward rear.
– Remove steering lock housing from base carrier for steering
column switches.

Golf 2009 ➤
Installation
– Set steering lock housing in base carrier for steering column
switches.
– Slide base carrier for steering column switches -2- as far as
possible onto steering column.
– Connect harness connector -arrow- to induction coil -3-.
– Attach the steering lock housing to the steering column with
new shear bolts -1-.
– Tighten new shear bolts -1- until bolt heads shear off.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Install all steering column switch components ksw in the opposite
ag does
not
Vol
sequence. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
4.16.4 Steering Column Electronics Control ss
a c
ce
e
Module - J527-
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
♦ After installing a new control module, it must be coded. Refer
hole
spec
to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ If malfunctions occur at steering column switch, coding of con‐
rrectness of i
trol module must be checked. Refer to
l purpos
nf
ercia
Removal
orm
m
atio
om
n in
Caution
or c
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Installation Sequence”, page 201 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Disconnect the battery. Refer to Prote AG.
WARNING

tion .


Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove bolt -1-.

– Slide a suitable wire -2- approximately 45 mm deep
-arrow 1- into the hole on the steering column electronic sys‐
tems control module to release the retaining tab -arrow 2-.
– Using a suitable screwdriver, press rear catch retaining tab

-arrow A- back toward steering wheel to loosen catch.
– Carefully pull steering column electronic systems control mod‐
ule downward from steering column switches.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
th
When removing, ensure steering
s aucolumn electronic systems con‐ ra
c
trol module is removed straight downward without tilting.
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Disengage -arrow A- harness connector -1- and disconnect it

y li
rm
ab
from steering column electronic systems control module.

pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove securing latch -3- from harness connector -2-.

, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Disengage lock -arrow B- on electrical connection -2- and dis‐

es, in part or in w
connect from steering column electronic systems control mod‐

t to the co
ule.
Installation
rrectness of i

l purpos
Note
nform
mercia
Make sure the pins are not bent and the connector clicks into
com
tion in
place.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
4.16.5 Turn Signal Switch - E2-

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Caution rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Follow the specified sequence when removing and installing Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf 2009 ➤
agen
Volksw Electrical
oes
noEquipment
t gu - Edition 01.2015
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ The “Turn signal switch” consists of the components Turn Sig‐
itte
y li
nal Switch - E2- , Headlamp Dimmer/Flasher Switch - E4- and
erm
ab
depending on equipment Cruise Control Switch - E45- .
ility
ot p
wit
♦ For reasons of clarity, steering column switches with cruise , is n
h re
control switch are depicted as removed in the illustration.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removal
– Release retaining clips in direction of -arrows- using a 1.0 mm
feeler gauge -1- and remove “turn signal switch” toward rear
rrectness of i
(toward rear of vehicle).
l purpos
Installation
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
Note
c
in t
or
his
ate
Turn signal switch must engage audibly.
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.16.6 Windshield Wiper Switch - E-
Caution

Removal
Note
The steering column switch is shown removed.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Release retaining clips in direction of -arrows- using a 1.0 mm

feeler gauge -1- and remove Windshield Wiper Switch - E- to‐
ward rear (toward rear of vehicle).
Installation
Note
Windshield Wiper Switch - E- must engage audibly.
4.17 Steering Column Switch, Without KES‐

SY, from 06/2010
Valeo”, page 209
olks
wa, ge es n
ot g
Kostal”, page 210 d byV ua
ran
e
ris tee
⇒ “4.17.4 Steering Column Combination SwitchutE595
ho , Valeo”, or
page 211 ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
⇒ “4.17.5 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Kostal”,

pt
du
an
page 212
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.17.6 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Valeo”,
ility
ot p
page 212
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.17.7 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Kostal”,
hole
spec
page 214
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.17.1 Steering Column Switch Components,

Removal and Installation Sequence
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nf

ercia

rm
m
atio

om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
When removing the complete steering column switches including

iv
o
r
rp
cu
base carrier, it is disassembled and steering lock housing is also

o
m
f
en
ng
removed with it. New shear bolts are required for installing steer‐
t.
yi Co
ing lock housing. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Also, If Only One Individual Component of Steering Column p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Following Must Always be Adhered To.
AG.
Removal

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth or
ac Golf 2009 ➤
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
WARNING
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
tion .
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
lowing sequence:
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
”, page 110 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- . Refer to
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Steering column switch base carrier. Refer to cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.13.1 Base Carrier for Steering Column Switches”,
page 109 .
Installation

Module - J527- , Valeo
Removal
Caution

WARNING

tion .

Remove the following components in order:

Golf 2009 ➤

– Disconnect the connectors -1-, -2-, -3- and -4-, depending on
the vehicle equipment level.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Note rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
Do not turn the spiral spring on the steering column electronic ss c
ce
le
systems control module from its center position during removal.
un
pt
The front wheels must be in the straight-ahead position.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the steering column
ot
wit
electronic systems control module from the steering column
, is n
h re
switch.
hole
spec
Installation
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
The turn signal lever could break when installing the control
module.
nform
ercia
The turn signal lever must be in the 0 position when installing

m
a
the spiral spring so that it does not fall out.
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Mount the steering column electronic systems control module
do
r
rp
c
on the steering column switch making sure it is straight.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Install the three bolts for the steering column electronic sys‐
Co
op py
tems control module on the steering column switch module t. C rig
gh ht
yri
and tighten them to 1.5 Nm. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Install all components in reverse order of removal. Prote AG.

Module - J527- , Kostal
Removal
Caution

WARNING

tion .


Golf 2009 ➤

– Remove the steering column trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation . yV
olks s no
t gu
b ara
ed
– Disconnect the connectors -1-, -2-, -3-, -4- and -5-,hodepending
ris nte
e
on the vehicle equipment level. sa
ut or
ac
s
– Remove bolt -arrow B-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Note
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Do not turn the spiral spring on the steering column electronic hole
systems control module for the steering column electronics from
spec
its center position during removal. The front wheels must be in
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the straight-ahead position.
– Unlock both catches -arrows A- and remove the steering col‐
rrectness of i
umn electronic systems control module from the steering col‐
umn switch.
l purpos
Installation
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
Caution
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
module.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The turn signal lever must be in the 0 position when installing Cop py
.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
on the steering column switch making sure it is straight until it
latches.
– Install the bolt for the steering column electronic systems con‐
trol module on the steering column switch module and tighten
it to 1.5 Nm.
– Install all components in reverse order of removal.

E595- , Valeo
Caution

Removal
Refer to

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Golfau2009 ➤
th or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
”, page 110 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Unlock all three releases -arrows- and remove the entire
wit
, is n
Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- from the steer‐
h re
hole
ing column switch base carrier.
spec
es, in part or in w
Installation
t to the co
– Push the steering column combination switch onto the guide
on the steering column switch base carrier until it latches.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
E595- , Kostal
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Caution
t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
steering column
cted
switch components. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
Removal
Refer to
”, page 110 .
– Remove the bolt -arrow- and remove the entire steering col‐
umn combination switch -1- from the steering column switch
base carrier.
Installation
– Slide the steering column combination switch onto the guides
on the steering column switch base carrier.
– Install the bolt -arrow-.
4.17.6 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier,

Valeo

Golf 2009 ➤
Caution

Removal n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Note utho tee
or
a ac
ss
The shear bolts on the -1- steering lock housing must be drilled
ce
e
nl
pt
du
out in order to remove the steering column switch base carrier
an
itte
-2-. New shear bolts will be needed later for installing. Refer to
y li
erm
ab
the Parts Catalog.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
tions!
♦ When removing steering column switch components, ob‐
nf
ercia
serve specified sequence. Refer to

orm
⇒ “4.17.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removal
m
atio
m
and Installation Sequence”, page 208 .

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Caution
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual when disconnecting t. C rig
gh ht
and connecting the battery. Refer to yri
p by
o Vo
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removal

Golf 2009 ➤
– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the steering lock housing -3-.
Note
– Remove the steering lock housing -3- and the steering column
switch base carrier -2- from the steering column.
column switches.
Installation
– Install the steering lock housing -3- in the steering column

switch base carrier -2-.
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- onto
the steering column switch base carrier until it latches.
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the steering lock housing,
the steering column switch base carrier and the steering col‐
umn combination switch all the way onto the steering column
and align them with the threaded holes.
– Attach the steering lock housing -3- to the steering column with swage
es n
new shear bolts -1-. by
Volk ot g
u ara
ed nte
– Tighten new shear bolts -1- until bolt heads shear off. thoris e or
au ac
– Install all components in reverse order of removal. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
Kostal
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

⇒ “4.17.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removal and nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
Note
The shear bolts on the -1- steering lock housing must be drilled
out in order to remove the steering column switch base carrier
-2-. New shear bolts will be needed later for installing. Refer to
the Parts Catalog.
Caution

tions!
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Caution ed by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
ut ra
Follow the procedure in
ss the
a Repair Manual when disconnecting c
and connecting the battery. Refer to ce
le
un
⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 20 . pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removal
ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia
– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the steering lock housing -3-.
m
a
com
tion in
Note
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the steering lock housing -3- and the steering column
Co
op py
switch base carrier -2- from the steering column.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

column switches.
Installation
– Install the steering lock housing -3- in the steering column

switch base carrier -2-.
the steering column switch base carrier and install the lower
bolt.
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the steering lock housing,
the steering column switch base carrier and the steering col‐
umn combination switch all the way onto the steering column
and align them with the threaded holes.
– Attach the steering lock housing -3- to the steering column with
new shear bolts -1-.
lkswage es n
4.18 Steering Column Switch, With KESSY,
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
from 06/2010 autho tee
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Valeo”, page 217
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Kostal”, page 219

spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “4.18.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Valeo”, t to the co

page 220
⇒ “4.18.5 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Kostal”,
rrectness of i
page 221
l purpos
⇒ “4.18.6 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Valeo”,

page 221
nform
ercia
⇒ “4.18.7 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Kostal”,

page 223
m
a
com
tio
⇒ “4.18.8 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764

n in
r
”, page 225
te o
thi
s
iva
do
4.18.1 Steering Column Switch Components,

r
rp
cum
fo
Removal and Installation Sequence

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Caution cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
The shear bolts must be drilled out when removing the entire
steering column switch including the base carrier and the Elec‐
tronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- . New shear
bolts are needed when installing the electronic steering column
lock control module.
Also, if only One Individual Component of Steering Column
Following Must Always be Adhered to.
Removing
WARNING

tion .

lowing sequence:
⇒ “1.14.4 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
”, page 112 . o lkswage es n
o V t gu
by ara
♦ Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- . Referrisetod nte
⇒ “1.14.3 Steering Column Combination Switch E595
aut
ho ”, page eo
ra
112 . ss c
ce
e
nl
♦ Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- . Re‐
pt
du
an
itte
fer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.14.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module
ility
ot p
J764 ”, page 112 .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.14.1 Base Carrier For Steering Column Switches”, spec

page 112 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installation
rrectness of i

l purpos
Module - J527- , Valeo

nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
ion
Caution
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum

for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
Installation Sequence”, page 216 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
WARNING

tion .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
– Disconnect the battery. Refer to orise nte
⇒ “4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page
aut
h 20 . eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Disconnect the connectors -1-, -2-, -3- and -4-, depending on
the vehicle equipment level.
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Do not turn the spiral spring on the steering column electronic
ss
o
cial p
f
The front wheels must be in the “straight-ahead position”.
inform
mer
atio
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the steering column
om
electronic systems control module from the steering column
n
c
i
or
n
switch.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
Installation
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Caution
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
module.

on the steering column switch making sure it is straight.
– Install the three bolts for the steering column electronic sys‐
tems control module on the steering column switch module
and tighten them to 1.5 Nm.

Golf 2009 ➤

Module - J527- , Kostal
Removing
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Follow the specified sequence when Vol removing and installing ot gu
es n o
ksw
steering column switchsed bycomponents. Refer to ara
nte
⇒ “4.18.1 Steering ColumnthSwitch
or
i
Components, Removal and eo
Installation Sequence”, page
s au 216 . ra
c s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
WARNING
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tion .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Disconnect the connectors -1-, -2-, -3-, -4- and -5-, depending
yi Co
op py
on the vehicle equipment level. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove bolt -arrow B-.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Do not turn the spiral spring on the steering column electronic

The front wheels must be in the “straight-ahead position”.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Unlock both retainers -arrows A- and remove the steering col‐

umn electronic systems control module from the steering col‐
umn switch.
Installation
Caution
module.

on the steering column switch making sure it is straight until it
latches.
– Install the bolt for the steering column electronic systems con‐
trol module on the steering column switch module and tighten
it to 1.5 Nm.

E595- , Valeo
Caution

⇒ “4.18.1 Steering Column Switch agComponents,
en AG. VolkswageRemoval
n AG d
o and
Installation Sequence”, page
yV
ol216
ksw . es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Removing au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
Refer to
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Unlock both releases -arrows- and remove the entire steering
rrectness of i
column combination switch from the steering column switch

base carrier.
l purpos
Installation
nf
ercia
– Push the steering column combination switch onto the guide

orm
on the steering column switch base carrier until it latches.

m
atio
om
n in

or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

E595- , Kostal
Caution

Removing
Refer to
– Remove the bolt -arrow- and remove the entire steering col‐
umn combination switch -1- from the steering column switch
base carrier.
Installation
– Slide the steering column combination switch onto the guides
on the steering column switch base carrier.
– Install the bolt -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
ss a
Valeo c
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Caution
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Removing
Note
The shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
trol Module - J764- must be drilled out in order to remove the
steering column switch base carrier -2-. New shear bolts will be
needed later for installing. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Caution ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
ut ra
♦ Before drilling out shear bolts, always ensure
ss a all compo‐ c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
tions!
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
When disconnecting and connecting battery, the procedure
nform
ercia
must be followed as described in the Repair Manual. Refer to

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Removing
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
⇒ “4.18.1 Steering Column Switch Components, Removal and by c lksw
cted agen
Installation Sequence”, page 216 . Prote AG.

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764- -3-.
Note
– Disconnect the connector on the back of the electronic steer‐

ing column lock control module -3- and then remove the
module and the steering column switch base carrier -2- from
the steering column.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Open the retainers -arrows- on the steering column switch

base carrier and then remove the base carrier -1- from the
electronic steering column lock control module -2-.
Installation
– Install the steering column switch base carrier -1- on the Elec‐
tronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- -2-.
the steering column switch base carrier until it latches.
– Slide the electronic steering column lock control module, the
steering column switch base carrier and the steering column
combination switch all the way onto the steering column and
align them with the threaded holes.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Attach the electronic steering column lock control module
ksw to
ag does
not
Vol
the steering column with new shear bolts -1-. ed b y gu
ara
is nte
or
– Tighten new shear bolts -1- until bolt headsautshear
h off. eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Code the new electronic steering column lock control module.
h re
ole,
Refer to
spec

t to the co
rrectne
Kostal
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Caution
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
swage es n
Removing byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Notess
ce
le
un
pt
The shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
an
d
itte
y li
trol Module - J764- -4- must be drilled out in order to remove the
rm
ab
steering column switch base -3-. New shear bolts will be needed
pe
ility
ot
later for installing. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Caution
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

tions!
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Caution
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
and connecting the battery. Refer
Prote
ctedto AG.
agen
Removing
– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764- -4-.
Note
– Disconnect the connector -2- on the back of the electronic

steering column lock control module -4- and then remove the
control module together with the steering column switch base
carrier -3- from the steering column.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Open both retainers -arrows- on the steering column switch

base carrier and then remove the base carrier -1- from the
electronic steering column lock control module -2-.
Installation
– Install the steering column switch base carrier -1- on the Elec‐
tronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- -2-.
the steering column switch base carrier and install the lower n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
bolt. by
Vol ot g
ua d ran
ise
– Slide the electronic steering column lock control
thomodule, the
r tee
or
steering column switch base carrier and thesssteering
au column ac
combination switch all the way onto the steering column and
ce
le
un
align them with the threaded holes.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Attach the electronic steering column lock control module -4-
spec
to the steering column using new shear bolts -1-.
t to the co
rrectnes
Note
s o
cial p
f in
Code the new electronic steering column lock control module.
form
mer
Refer to
atio
m

o
n
c

i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
4.18.8 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
trol Module - J764-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Caution cted agen
Prote AG.


Golf 2009 ➤
Note
♦ Code the new electronic steering column lock control module.

Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module
J764 , With KESSY, from 06/2010, Coding”, page 143 .
♦ The electronic steering column lock control module and the
steering column switch base carrier are removed and installed
together.
Removing
– Remove base carrier for steering column switches. Refer to
⇒ “1.14.1 Base Carrier For Steering Column Switches”,
page 112 .
4.19 Tail Lamps

⇒ “4.19.1 Brake/Tail Lamp and Turn Signal Lamp, Bulbs”,
page 226
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
⇒ “4.19.2 Rear Lid Tail Lamps”, page 227 y Volksw not
gu
d b ara
⇒ “4.19.3 Side Panel Tail Lamps”, page 228 rise nte
tho eo
au ra
⇒ “4.19.4 Side Panel Tail Lamp Bulb Holder”, page 229 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “4.19.5 Tail Lamp Bulb Holder in Rear Lid”, page 229
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “4.19.6 Tail Lamp and Brake Lamp in Rear Lid, Bulbs”,
erm
ab
ility
page 230
ot p
wit
is n
4.19.1 Brake/Tail Lamp and Turn Signal Lamp,
h re
ole,
spec
Bulbs
t to the co
Note
rrectne
♦ Illustrations depict removal and installation of the left side. Re‐
moval and installation of the right side is performed symmet‐
ss
rically.
o
cial p
f inform
♦ The tail lamp assembly inside the side panel has a single fil‐
mer
ament bulb, in addition to the yellow turn signal bulb, which atio
m
services as both a brake lamp and a tail lamp.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
Removal
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the bulb carrier for the side panel tail lamp. Refer to
en
ng
t.
⇒ “4.19.4 Side Panel Tail Lamp Bulb Holder”, page 229 . Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
– Pull the brake lamp/tail lamp bulb -1- or the turn signal bulb gh ht
yri by
-2- out of the bulb holder. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Brake lamp/tail lamp bulb:12V, W16W

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
d byV gu
ara Golf 2009 ➤
e
oris Electrical Equipment nte- Edition 01.2015
e
th or
au ac
ss
Turn signal bulb: bulb 12V, WY21W
ce
le
un
pt
an
Installation
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Install in reverse order.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
4.19.2 Rear Lid Tail Lamps
cial p
f inform
mer
Removal
atio
m
o
n
c
i
or
n
move ignition key.
thi
te
sd
va
– Unclip cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow- from panel.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove nuts -1-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the tail lamp assembly from the body opening in the
rear lid -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.
Installation
– Install the tail lamp assembly into the body opening inside the
– Tighten the nuts to the tightening specification given in the as‐
sembly overview. Refer to wage
es n
⇒ “2.8 Rear Lid Tail Lampsy VOverview”,
olks page 127 . ot g
u b ara
ed
– Connect the connector.
tho
ris It must audibly engage. nte
e or
au ac
– Check the gap dimensions
ss in the body and make sure the tail
ce
le
lamps work correctly.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
4.19.3 Side Panel Tail Lamps spec

t to the co
Removal
move ignition key.
rrectne
– Open the side trim panel -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
– Remove the screw -2- and remove the tail lamp assembly in‐
side the side panel through the opening in the body.
Installation

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
When inserting the tail lamp assembly into the opening in the
body, be sure to slide it into the upper -1- and lower -2- guides
correctly.
– Install the screws by hand (2.5 Nm maximum) and connect the

connector. Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen do
– Check the gap dimensions
yV
olks in the body and make sure
w es n
ot gthe tail
ised b ua
ran
r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
4.19.4 Side Panel Tail Lamp Bulb Holder
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removal
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Remove tail lamp assembly in side panel. Refer to
ot
wit
⇒ “4.19.3 Side Panel Tail Lamps”, page 228 .
, is n
h re
hole
– Release each tab -1-, -2-, -3-, -4- and -5- in the direction of the
spec
-arrow- and remove the bulb holder -6- from the tail lamp
es, in part or in w
t to the co
housing.
Installation
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Make sure all the tabs are latched correctly after installing the
bulb holders.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
4.19.5 Tail Lamp Bulb Holder in Rear Lid

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Removal
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ rig ht
py by
move ignition key.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Press the tab -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and remove the
bulb holder -2- from the tail lamp assembly. G. Volkswagen A AG do
agen es n
Installation ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the thofollowing:
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
Note
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Make sure the tab audibly engages when installing the bulb hold‐
ility
ot p
er.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
4.19.6 Tail Lamp and Brake Lamp in Rear Lid,
t to the co
Bulbs
rrectne
Note
ss o
cial p
f
♦ Illustrations depict removal and installation of the left side. Re‐
inform
moval and installation of the right side is performed symmet‐
mer
rically.
atio
om
n
c
♦ In addition to the tail lamp bulb the tail lamp in the rear lid also
i
or
n thi
e
contains the fog lamp bulb. The fog lamp bulb is located in the
t
sd
va
left tail lamp only on vehicles for right traffic; on vehicles for left
i
o
pr
cum
traffic, the fog lamp bulb is located in the right tail lamp; USA
r
fo
en
ng
and Canada vehicles do not have a rear fog lamp.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Removal pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the bulb carrier for the side panel tail lamp. Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “4.19.5 Tail Lamp Bulb Holder in Rear Lid”, page 229 .
– Remove either the tail lamp bulb -1-, the fog lamp bulb or the
backup lamp bulb -2- out of the bulb holder.
Tail lamp bulb: bulb 12V, W16W

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth or
ac Golf 2009 ➤
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Backup lamp bulb or fog lamp bulb: 12V, WY21W
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installation
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
4.20 Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
mer
atio
om
The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- is installed on a relay
n
c
i
or
n
panel in the driver footwell.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
Removing:
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Parking Aid Control Module - J446- Removing and Installing. Re‐

t.
yi Co
op
fer to C py
t. rig
⇒ “6.3.1 Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 , Re‐
gh ht
yri by
moving and Installing”, page 251 cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.21 Front Parking Aid Sensor
Note
♦ The following illustrations show how to remove and install the

left front parking aid sensor.
♦ Removing and installing the other parking aid sensors is iden‐
tical.
♦ It is possible to remove both outer Left Front Parking Aid Sen‐
sor - G255- and the Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-
through the opening for the fog lamp. Depending on the
vehicle equipment level, either remove the bumper cover or
remove the fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ “4.6 Fog Lamps”, page 153 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electric consumers and remove the
key.
Caution
♦ Always follow the sequence for removing the sensor.

♦ Otherwise, the sensor may be damaged. Hairline cracks
which lead to sensor failure can develop if too much force
is used on the sensor.
♦ First remove the sensor from the bracket and then dis‐
connect the sensor connectors.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Press the locking mechanisms -arrows- on the sensor mount

-1- outward.
– Pull the sensor -2- with the wires still connected back out of
the sensor bracket.
Note
♦ When removing the sensor, make sure that the coupling ring
(black silicone ring) remains on the sensor head and not in the
holder or that it gets lost.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Unlock and disconnect the connector
ised b
-2- and then remove the ara
nte
sensor -1-. ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
Installing s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Caution
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ An incorrect or damaged coupling ring can lead to mal‐
t to the co
functions.
♦ Replace damaged coupling rings and ensure the correct
rrectness of i
ring is installed.
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
tio
Since the lengths of the sensor heads of the front parking aid and
n in
the parallel parking assistance sensors are different, the high

r
te o
thi
coupling rings installed are also different.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Make sure the correct coupling ring is installed on the sensor
Co
op py
head.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Type of Sensor Height of Decoupling Ring
by c lksw
cted agen
-B-
Prote AG.
Front Parking Aid Sensor 5.7 mm

Parallel Parking Assistance Sen‐ 9.05 mm
sor
– If necessary, replace the sensor coupling ring -1-.
– Install the sensors in the correct location in the bumper cover.
Note
♦ Sensor brackets are designed in different shapes and must be

matched to the respective component location in the bumper
cover.
♦ Pay attention to the connectors when installing the sensors.

Golf 2009 ➤
Parking Aid Sensors Allocation Inside the Front Bumper Cover

A - LF - Outer Left
B - FLC - Front Left Center
C - FRC - Front Right Center
D - RF - Outer Right
Note
♦ When installing the sensor, make sure the coupling ring is

correctly mounted on the sensor head and that it does not fall
off or become jammed when inserting into the sensor holder.
♦ Both retaining clips on the sensor holder must engage audibly
when installing sensor.
– Make sure the sensor is seated correctly in the bracket after

installing. Dimension -a- for the circular gap between the sen‐
sor head and bumper cover must be even all around on the
outer side of the bumper cover.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Note
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ The following illustrations show how to remove and install the

h re
left front parking aid sensor.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
tical.
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
key.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

– Press the locking mechanisms -arrows- on the sensor mount
-3- outward.
– Remove the sensor and adapter -2- from the sensor mount
-3-.
– Press the locking mechanisms -arrows- on the adapter -1-
outward.
– Remove the sensor -3- from the adapter -1- toward the rear.
Note
(black silicone ring) -2- remains on the sensor head and not in
the holder or that it gets lost. wage
es n
olks ot g
♦ Do not bend the coupling ring. d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
Installing ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

correctly mounted on the sensor head and that it does not fall nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
♦ Both retaining clips on the adapter must engage audibly when

om
n in
installing sensor.
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Make sure the sensor is seated correctly in the adapter after

sor head the adapter must be even all around on the outer
side. . Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
Front Parking Aid Sensor Bracket
yV
olks not
gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Note au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Removing and installing the left front bracket is shown in the
an
itte
y li
following illustrations.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
tical.
h re
hole
spec
Removing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the front parking aid sensor. Refer to
⇒ “4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 233 .
rrectness of i
– Carefully pry off the clips -1- from the mount -2-.
l purpos
– Remove the mount -2- from the front air intake grille.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Make sure the clips -1- latch securely.

– Install the front parking aid sensor. Refer to
⇒ “4.22 Front Parking Aid Sensor”, page 233 .
Note
Bend the clips -1- before installing so that they fit securely in the
mounts.
4.23 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
Removing:
Note
All four rear parking aid sensors are removed the same way, so
the procedure is only described for one sensor.
key.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

Rep. Gr. 63 ; Rear Bumper .
Caution

connect the sensor connectors. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
– Press the tabs -arrows- on the sensor holder -1- outwardthandor
is tee
or
pull the sensor -2- out with the wires still connected. s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
(black silicone ring) remains on the sensor head and not in the
h re
holder or that it gets lost.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Unlock and disconnect the connector -2- and then remove the
sensor -1-.
ss o
cial p
f
Installing:
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
Caution
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Sensor brackets are designed in different shapes and must be

matched to the respective component location in the bumper
cover.
♦ Pay attention to the connectors when installing the sensors.

Golf 2009 ➤
Parking Aid Sensor Allocation Inside the Rear Bumper Cover:

A - OR - Outer Right AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
B - RRC - Rear Right Center by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
C - LRC - Left Rear Center uthor eo
a ra
s c
D - LR - Outer Rear s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Note
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ When installing the sensor, make sure the coupling ring (black
h re
silicone ring) is correctly mounted on the sensor head and that
hole
spec
it does not fall off or become jammed when inserting into the
sensor holder. es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Both retaining tabs on the sensor must engage audibly in the
sensor bracket when installing.
rrectness of i
l purpos

sor head and sensor bracket must be even all around on the
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.24 Parking Aid Warning Buzzer

⇒ “4.24.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 ”, page 237
⇒ “4.24.2 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 ”, page 238

H22-
Removing
key.
– Remove windshield washer system. Refer to
⇒ “4.10 Windshield Wiper System”, page 91 .
– Remove the three nuts -arrows- and remove the cover -1-.
– Remove both expanding rivets -arrows-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Release and disconnect the connector -1- and remove the

Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- -2- from the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Note
If a new Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- is installed, it

is not necessary to perform coding, basic setting or adaptation.

The Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- is located on the
right C-pillar behind the pillar trim panel.
Removing
key.
– Remove the pillar trim panel from the right C-pillar. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and Side Trim Panels .
– Remove the expanding rivets -arrows- and remove the Rear
Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- -1- from vehicle.
Installing
Note
If a new Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- is installed, itnisAG. Volkswagen A
not necessary to perform coding, basic setting or adaptation.
olks
wage
G do
es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
4.25 Parking Aid Button - E266-
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Parking Aid Button - E266- , removing and installing. Refer to

itte
y li
erm
⇒ “1.12 Switches in Center Console Storage Compartment”,

ab
ility
page 278 .
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
238
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
5 LED Tail Lamps
5.1 General Information

The tail lamp assemblies cannot be disassembled up to the left
and right turn signals and the right back-up lamp. The right turn
signal and right back-up lamp are generated by one light bulb,
which cannot be replaced individually. The remaining lighting is
provided by LEDs. Malfunctioning LEDs cannot be replaced.
Note
♦ LED failure in auxiliary brake lights (not USA and Canada):

♦ Individual LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) in LED tail lamp as‐
semblies (tail, turn signal, brake and backup lamp) combined
into groups of up to four LEDs each and are supplied with
power as a group.
♦ LED tail lamp assemblies are constructed in such a way that
when one LED group fails as a function (for example, brake
lamp), the requirements of ECE regulations (Economic Com‐
mission for Europe) are still met.
♦ If another LED group fails functionally, these legal Vrequire‐
olkswa
ments are no longer met. agen
AG. gen AG
does
olksw not
V gu
♦ When one LED group fails, the function
ise
d by
of the intact LEDs are ara
nte
given a higher load, by which failure
thor of other LED groups can eo
be assumed in the near future.
ss au ra
c
ce
e
♦ Replace the entire tail lamp assembly if more than four LEDs
nl
pt
du
in one function are faulty.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
DTC Recognition and Display: wit

, is n
h re
Vehicle electrical system is equipped with OBD which assists
hole
Fault Finding the tail lamps.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5.2 Side Panel LED Tail Lamps

rrectness of i
l purpos
5.2.1 Side Panel LED Tail Lamps Assembly Overview

nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
r
The tail lamps inside the side panel, in addition to the yellow bulb for the turn signal -3-, have an LED module
o
his
e
which functions as a brake lamp and a taillamp.

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. LED Tail Lamps 239

wage es n
Golf 2009 ➤ yV
olks ot g
b ua
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
1 - Bolt ss
ce
e
nl
❑ Install by hand all the
pt
du
an
way in
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
tion: maximum 2.5 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
2 - Turn signal bulb holder
hole
spec
❑ Removing and instal‐ es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co
3 - Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb
- M6- and Right Rear Turn Sig‐
rrectness of i
nal Bulb - M8-
l purpos
❑ bulb 12V, WY21W

❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
orm
4 - Tail lamps in side panel
m
atio
om
n in
or c
ling. Refer to
thi
te
sd
iva
5 - Lower guide
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
6 - Upper guide
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.2.2 Side Panel LED Tail Lamps, Removing

and Installing
Note
Removing and installing the left tail lamp assembly is shown in

the illustration. Removing and installing the right tail lamp assem‐
bly is identical.
Removing:
key.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Open the side trim panel -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.

– Remove the screw -2- and remove the tail lamp assembly in‐
side the side panel through the opening in the body.
Installing:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
s
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
When inserting the tail lamp assembly into the opening in the
y li
erm
ab
body, be sure to slide it into the upper -1- and lower -2- guides
ility
ot p
correctly.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Install the tail lamp assembly screws by hand (2.5 Nm maxi‐

spec
mum) and connect the connector.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Connect the connector to the tail lamp until it latches.

– Check the gap dimensions in the body and make sure the tail
rrectness of i

l purpos
5.2.3 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Note
or
thi
te
sd
iva
Removing and installing the Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb - M6- is
r
rp
cu
o
shown in the illustration. Removing and installing the Right Rear

f
en
ng
t.
Turn Signal Bulb - M8- is identical.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Removing:
– Remove tail lamp assembly in side panel. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 Side Panel LED Tail Lamps, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 240 .
– Turn the Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb - M6- bulb holder -1- in
the direction of the -arrow- and the remove it from the tail lamp
assembly.
– Carefully remove the Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb - M6- -2- from
the bulb holder -1-.
Installing:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut
5.2.4 Side Panel LED Tail Lamps, Checking a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
The side panel tail lamps can be checked using the output diag‐
du
an
itte
nostic test in the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module -
y li
erm
ab
J519- .
ility
ot p
5.3 Rear Lid Tail Lamps with LEDs

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
5.3.1 Rear Lid Tail Lamps with LEDs Assembly Overview t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ The left tail lamp assembly in the rear lid has two LED modules that control the tail lamps and the fog lamps.
nform
ercia
♦ The fog lamp LED module is located in the left tail lamp only on vehicles for RHD traffic; on vehicles for LHD
traffic, the fog lamp bulb is located in the right tail lamp; USA and Canada vehicles do not have a rear fog
m
at
lamp.
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
Left Tail Lamp Assembly Overview

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Nuts
❑ 3 Nm
2 - Connector
3 - Rear Lid Tail Lamps with
LEDs agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Removing and Instal‐d by V gu
ara
ling. Refer toorise nte
eo
th
❑ Checking. ss a Refer to
u ra
c
⇒ “5.3.4 Rear Lid Tail
ce
le
un
Lamps with LEDs,
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ The right tail lamp assembly in the rear lid has one LED module that controls the tail lamps.
♦ The Right Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17- is located only in the right tail lamp in RHD vehicles and only in the
left tail lamp on LHD vehicles.
Right Tail Lamp Assembly Overview

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golfut
h2009 ➤
o eo
ra
a
Electrical
ss Equipment - Edition 01.2015 c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1 - Nuts
an
itte
y li
erm
❑ 3 Nm
ab
ility
ot p
2 - Connector
wit
, is n
h re
3 - Bulb holder
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
4 - Right Back-up Lamp Bulb -
M17-
rrectness of i
❑ 12V, P 21 W
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
m
⇒ “5.3.4 Rear Lid Tail
at
om
i
Lamps with LEDs,
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
5 - Rear Lid Tail Lamps with

p
c
LEDs
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
ling. Refer to
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “5.3.4 Rear Lid Tail Prote
cted AG.
agen
Lamps with LEDs,
5.3.2 Rear Lid Tail Lamps with LEDs, Remov‐

ing and Installing
Note
Removing and installing the left tail lamp assembly is shown in

the illustration. Removing and installing the right tail lamp assem‐
bly is identical.
Removing:
key.

Golf 2009 ➤

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove nuts -1-.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the tail lamp assembly from the body opening in the
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Installing:
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Install the tail lamp assembly into the body opening inside the
– Tighten the nuts to the tightening specification given in the as‐
sembly overview. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.1 Rear Lid Tail Lamps with LEDs Assembly Overview”,
page 242 .
– Connect the connector. It must audibly engage.
– Check the gap dimensions in the body and make sure the tail
. Volkswagen AG
lamps work correctly. swagen AG does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
5.3.3 Right Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
and Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
♦ The Right Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17- is located only in the
es, in part or in w
right tail lamp in RHD vehicles and only in the left tail lamp on
t to the co
LHD vehicles.
♦ Removing and installing the Right Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17-
rrectness of i
is shown in the illustration. Removing and installing the Left
Back-up Lamp Bulb - M16- on LHD vehicles is identical.
l purpos
Removing:
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
key.
o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn the bulb holder -1- for the Right Back-up Lamp Bulb -
M17- in the direction of the -arrow- and remove the bulb holder
from the tail lamp assembly.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Carefully remove the Right Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17- -2- from
the bulb holder -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
Installing: Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
Install in reverse order. thoris tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
5.3.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamps with LEDs, Check‐
t to the co
ing
rrectness of i
The tail lamps and the Right Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17- in the
rear lid can be checked using the Vehicle Electrical System Con‐
l purpos
trol Module - J519- output diagnostic test.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
6 Parallel Parking Assistance

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Familiarity withss the function and operation of the parallel park‐ r ac
a
ing assistance is needed if there are customer concerns.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Refer to ⇒ Owner's Manual .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The parallel parking assistance assists the driver when backing
wit
up to parallel park in a spot on the driver or passenger side. When
, is n
h re
parallel parking assistance is activated and the vehicle is moving
hole
spec
forward less than 35 km/h, ultrasonic sensors scan for a suitable
es, in part or in w
parking space. When a suitable parking space is found, the par‐
t to the co
allel parking assistance directs the driver to drive past the space
until the vehicle will be able to parallel park in one movement.
When reverse gear is engaged, the parallel parking assistance
rrectness of i
controls the EPS (electronic power steering = electro-mechanical
power steering) which steers the vehicle along a calculated route
l purpos
into the parking space. During this time, the drive still controls the
accelerator, clutch and brake pedals and determines the vehicle
nf
ercia
parking speed. During the parking process, the parallel parking
or
assistance sensors and the parking distance sensors are used.
m
m
atio
m
The parking process with the parallel parking assistance will be

o
n in
or c
interrupted under the following conditions:

thi
te
sd
iva
♦ The Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581- switches off

o
r
rp
cu
the parallel parking assistance.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The ignition is switched off t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ The parking speed is too high (> 7 km/h) yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
♦ The driver grabs the steering wheel during the parking process
agen
Prote AG.
♦ The vehicle is shifted out of reverse gear

♦ The time limit for the vehicle standing still is exceeded (approx.
30 seconds)
♦ The ESP is switched off or on
♦ The ASR is switched on
♦ The vehicle is towing a trailer
♦ The front parking aid is switched on
♦ The sensor recognize a condition, which would cause damage
to the vehicle
♦ System malfunction

Golf 2009 ➤
WARNING
♦ The driver is responsible for parking the vehicle.

♦ The parallel parking assistance does not replace the at‐
tention of the driver.
♦ The sensors have dead zones, whereby it cannot recog‐
nize people or other objects.
♦ Pay special attention for small children or animals, be‐
cause the sensors do not recognize these in every case.
The parallel parking assistance system consists of:

♦ Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J791-
♦ Left Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G568-
♦ Right Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G569-
♦ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22-
♦ Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581-
♦ Parallel Parking Assistance Indicator Lamp - K241-
The parallel parking assistance system is equipped with On Board
Diagnostic (OBD) capabilities which assists in troubleshooting.
Use Fault Finding on the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
n AG. Volkswagen AG age does
ksw n
Perform a Output DiagnosticbTest
yV
ol to check the entire parallelot g
ua
parking assistance system.
ris
ed ran
te
tho eo
au ra
6.2 Overview - Parallel Parking Assistance ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
249
op Vo
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 6. Parallel Parking Assistance
Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Left Front Parallel Parking

Assistance Sensor - G568-
❑ In the front bumper cov‐
er
ling. Refer to
⇒ page 253 .
⇒ page 254 .
⇒ page 255 .
2 - Left Front Parking Aid Sen‐
sor - G255-
er
ling. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 253 . agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
❑ Checking. Refer to rised ara
nte
⇒ page 254 . ut
ho eo
r
sa ac
3 - Left Front Center Parking
s
ce
le
Aid Sensor - G254-

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
er
ility
ot p
wit
is n
ling. Refer to
h re
ole,
⇒ page 253 .
spec
⇒ page 254 . t to the co
4 - Right Front Center Parking
rrectne
Aid Sensor - G253-

s
er
s o
cial p

inform
ling. Refer to ⇒ page 253 .

mer
atio
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ page 254 .

om
n
c
5 - Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-

or
n thi
te
sd
a
❑ In the front bumper cover

iv
o
pr
cum
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ page 253 .

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
6 - Right Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G569-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
❑ In the front bumper cover
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ page 255 .
❑ inside the footwell on the driver side, on the instrument panel relay carrier
❑ Volume, adjusting. Refer to ⇒ page 256 .
❑ Adapting the tone. Refer to ⇒ page 256 .
❑ in the center console storage compartment near the selector lever

Golf 2009 ➤
9 - Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J791-

❑ inside the footwell on the driver side, above the relay carrier
❑ Removing and Installing, LHD. Refer to ⇒ page 251 .
❑ Coding. Refer to ⇒ “6.3.3 Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 , Coding”, page 252 .
6.3 Parallel
agen Parking Assistance Control
AG. Volkswa
gen AG
does
olksw not
b Module - J791-
y V gu
d ara
rise n tee
ho
The sParallel
au
t
Parking Assistance Control Module - J791-or
ais
c located
inside the footwell on the driver side above the relay carrier. The
s
ce
le
Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module also controls the

un
pt
an
d
functions of the parking aid on vehicles with a parking aid.

itte
y li
erm
ab
6.3.1 Parallel Parking Assistance Control
ility
ot p
wit
Module - J791- , Removing and Instal‐
is n
h re
ole,
ling
spec
t to the co
The Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J791- is located
inside the footwell on the driver side above the relay carrier.
Removing:
rrectne
s
key. s o
cial p
f
– Remove the trim from the driver footwell. Refer to ⇒ Body
inform
Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments, Covers and

mer
Trim .
atio
om
n
c
– Remove the screw -arrow- for the parallel parking assistance

i
or
n thi
e
control module above the relay carrier.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release and disconnect the three connectors -arrows- and

remove the Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module -
J791- -1- from its bracket.
Installing:
– Tighten the Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module -
J791- screw to 1.5 Nm.

ling, RHD
The Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J791- is located
inside the footwell on the driver side above the relay carrier.
6. Parallel Parking Assistance 251

Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing: agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Turn off the ignition and all electric
rised consumers and remove the nte
key. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
– Remove the instrument panel side cover. Refer to ⇒ Body
ce
le
un
Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments, Covers and
pt
an
d
Trim .
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the trim around the light switch. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
ility
ot p
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments, Covers and Trim .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the relay carrier. Refer to ⇒ page 331 .
spec
– Remove the screw -arrow- for the parallel parking assistance
t to the co
control module above the relay carrier.
– Remove the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533-
rrectne
(Gateway). Refer to ⇒ page 322 .
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Release and disconnect the three connectors -arrows- and
en
ng
t.
yi
remove the Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module -
Co
op py
J761- -1- upward from its bracket.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Installing: by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten the Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module -
J791- screw to 1.5 Nm.

– Code the Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J791-
using the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
6.3.4 Parking Aid, Adapting Optical Illustration

– Adapt the parking aid visual display using the ⇒ Vehicle diag‐
nostic tester.
6.4 Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor

The Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor is located in the front
bumper cover. Both of the Parallel Parking Assistance Sensors
sit on the bumper cover outer positions on the sides and are used
with the parking aid sensors for distance measuring during the
parking process.
The following parallel parking assistance sensors are located in
the front bumper cover:

Golf 2009 ➤
6.4.1 Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor ,

Removing and Installing
Removing:
key.
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover .
Caution

connect the sensor connectors.
– Press the locking mechanismsag-arrows-

en AG. V on athe
olksw gensensor
AG do mount
-1- outward. Volksw es n
ot g
by ua
ed ra
– Pull the sensor -2-howith
ris the wires still connected back out of ntee
the sensor bracket.
ut or
ac
sa s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
(black silicone ring) remains on the sensor head and does not
, is n
h re
stick in the bracket or get lost.

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unlock and disconnect the connector -2- and then remove the
rrectness of i
sensor -1-.
l purpos
Installing:
nform
mercia
at
Caution
om
ion
c
in t
or
An incorrect or damaged coupling ring can lead to malfunc‐

his
ate
tions.
do
priv
cum
or
Do not bend the coupling ring.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Replace damaged coupling rings and ensure the correct ring C py
t. rig
is installed.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Since the lengths of the sensor heads of the front parking aid and
the parallel parking assistance sensors are different, the high
coupling rings installed are also different.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Make sure the correct coupling ring is installed on the sensor

head.
Type of sensor Height of decoupling ring -B-
Front Parking Aid Sensor 5.7 mm
Parallel Parking Assistance Sen‐ 9.05 mm
sor
– If necessary, replace the sensor coupling ring -1-.

agen oes
olksw not
V
Pay attention to the connectors when installingedthe
by sensors. gu
ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Sensor allocation on the inside of the front bumper cover:
ce
le
un
pt
an
A - VLS - Left Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G568-
d
itte
y li
bracket
erm
ab
ility
ot p
B - VRS - Right Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G569-
wit
is n
bracket
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
rrectne
correctly mounted on the sensor head and that it does not fall
s
♦ Both retaining clips on the sensor holder must engage audibly
s o
cial p
f
when installing sensor.
inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
sor head and bumper cover must be even all around on the
t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.4.2 Parking Aid Sensor or Parallel Parking

Assistance Sensor , Checking
The following components can be checked using this function via
the Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J761- :

Golf 2009 ➤

– Check the Parking Aid Sensor or Parallel Parking Assistance
Sensors using the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
6.5 Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor, Re‐ ed
byV gu
ara
nte
ris
moving and Installing au
tho eo
ra
ss c
If a new parallel parking assistance sensor is installed, the sensor
ce
e
nl
pt
head must first be painted to match the color of the bumper cover.
du
an
itte
The following requirements must be observed when painting the
y li
erm
ab
sensors to ensure the parking aid system will work correctly.
ility
ot p
wit
6.5.1 Sensor, Painting
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the coupling ring (black silicone ring) from the sensor
es, in part or in w
head.
t to the co
– Remove grease from the black sensor head -1- in the area to
be painted -2- with isopropyl alcohol.
rrectness of i
– Paint sensor in the area to be painted -2- in the color of the
l purpos
bumper cover.
nf
ercia
o
Note
rm
m
atio
om
Paint application dimension -B- is 3 mm (+ maximum 2 mm).
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
– After the paint has dried, attach the coupling ring (black sili‐
o
r
rp
cu
cone ring) to the sensor head.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Caution ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Do not bend the coupling ring. cted agen
Prote AG.

6.6 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22-
The Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- is located in the
footwell on the driver side behind the left instrument panel relay
carrier.

H22- , Removing and Installing
Removing:
key.
– Remove windshield washer system. Refer to ⇒ page 91 .

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the three nuts -arrows- and remove the cover -1-.
– Remove both expanding rivets -arrows-.

– Release and disconnect the connector -1- and remove the
Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- -2- from the vehicle.
Installing:
Note
If a new Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- is installed, it

is not necessary to perform coding, basic setting or adaptation.
wage es n
6.6.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
H22- Volume, Adjusting utho
ir se tee
or
s a ac
– Adjust the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- volume
s
ce
le
using the. Refer to ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
H22- Tone, Adjusting

ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Adjust the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- tone using
hole
spec
the. Refer to ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
6.7 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15-

The Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J761- controls
rrectness of i
the functions of the parking aid on vehicles with parallel parking

assistance. For this reason the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer
l purpos
- H15- adaptations are performed using the Parallel Parking As‐

sistance Control Module - J761- on vehicles with parallel parking
nform
ercia
assistance.
m
6.7.1 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

a
com
tion in
H15- , Removing and Installing

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Removing and installing the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

r
rp
cum
H15- is explained in the “parking aid” chapter. Refer to

fo
en
g
⇒ page 238 .
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Volume, Adjusting
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- volume


Golf 2009 ➤

Tone, Adjusting
– Adjust the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- tone using
the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
6.8 Parallel Parking Assistancelksw

agenButton -
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
E581- Vo gu
d by ara
se n i
or tee
The Parallel Parking AssistanceauButton
th - E581- is installed in the or
ac
center console storage compartment
ss in front of the gearshift lever.
ce
le
The Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581- cannot be disas‐
un
pt
sembled.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
6.8.1 Parallel Parking Assistance Button -
pe
ility
ot
E581- , Removing and Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
The Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581- is removed and
es, in part or in w
installed the same way as all buttons in the center console storage
t to the co
compartment and is described in chapter ⇒ page 278 .
6.8.2 Parallel Parking Assistance Button -
rrectness of i
E581- , Checking
l purpos
– Check the Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581- using

the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
7 Rearview Camera
Note
♦ Familiarity with the function and operation of the rearview

camera is needed if there are customer concerns.
♦ Refer to the ⇒ Owner's Manual
The rearview camera assists the driver during back-up driving by

providing the driver with an image of the traffic situation behind
the vehicle via the monitor of the radio or radio navigation system.
The system switches itself on by selecting the reverse gear, even
when the radio or radio/navigation system is switched off.
The rear view camera system consists of the following
nAG. Volkswacompo‐
gen AG
nents: lkswage does
no
o V t gu
by ara
♦ the pivoting emblem with the iseRearview Camera - R189- and
d
nte
or
pivoting motor, au
th eo
ra
ss c
♦ the Radio/Navigation Display Unit Control Module - J503- ,
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Note
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
It is not necessary to calibrate the rearview camera on the Golf 6. h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
7.2 Overview - Rearview Camera System

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
1 - Radio/Navigation Display
Unit Control Module - J503-
❑ Component location: in‐
side the center console
in the front
ling. Refer to ⇒ Com‐
munication; Rep. Gr.
91 .
2 - Pivoting emblem with the
Rearview Camera - R189- and
pivoting motor
Note
It is not necessary to calibrate the

rearview camera on the Golf 6.
❑ Installed location: inside
the rear lid
❑ Pivoting emblem with
rearview camera hous‐
ing and pivoting motor,
removing from the rear
lid and installing
⇒ page 260 .
❑ Rearview camera hous‐
ing with pivoting motor,
removing from pivoting
emblem and installing
⇒ page 262 .
❑ Rearview camera hous‐
ing, disconnecting from
pivoting motor gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
⇒ page 263 . Volkswa not
by gu
❑ Pivoting emblem
rised bolts in ara
nte
rear liduthtightening speci‐
o eo
ra
fication:
ss a
4 Nm c
ce
le
❑ Tightening specification for rearview camera housing and pivoting motor screws in pivoting emblem: 2.5
un
pt
an
Nm
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ Tightening specification for rearview camera housing screws to pivoting motor: 1.6 Nm
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
7.3 Rearview Camera Housing, Removing

spec
es, in part or in w
and Installing
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
It is not necessary to calibrate the rearview camera on the Golf 6.

nform
ercia
The rear view camera and pivoting motor are installed in individ‐
ual housings in the rear lid pivoting emblem. To remove the
m
a
com
camera housing, both components and the pivoting emblem must

ion in
be removed from the rear lid first. Then the camera housing can
r
te o
thi
be removed together with the pivoting motor from the pivoting

s
iva
do
emblem. After that, the camera housing can be disconnected from

r
rp
cum
the pivoting motor and the camera can be removed from the cam‐
fo
en
g
era housing.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Pivoting emblem with rearview camera housing and pivoting ht. rig
rig ht
motor, removing from the rear lid and installing ⇒ page 260 .
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Rearview Camera 259

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Rearview camera housing with pivoting motor, removing from

pivoting emblem and installing ⇒ page 262 .
♦ Rearview camera housing, disconnecting from pivoting motor
⇒ page 263 .
♦ Rearview camera, removing and installing ⇒ page 264
Note
♦ Depending on the vehicle equipment level, there are two ver‐

sions of the rearview camera.
♦ If replacing the rearview camera, make sure the replacement
camera is the same type.
7.3.1 Pivoting Emblem with Rearview Camera

Housing and Pivoting Motor, Removing
from Rear Lid and Installing
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - V.A.G 1783-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
Removing: ed by gu
ara
ris nte
o eo
– Turn off the ignition and all
aut electric consumers and remove the
h
ra
key. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
du
an
itte
Gr. 70 ; Trim Panels and Insulation .

y li
erm
ab
ility
– Remove the connectors -1- and -2- from their retainers.

ot p
wit
, is n
– Release and disconnect the connectors -1- and -2-.

h re
hole
spec
– Loosen the wire from the wire holder -3-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

– Remove the three bolts -arrows- for the pivoting emblem.
– Rotate the pivoting emblem with rearview camera housing and
pivoting motor -1- all the way to the right and press it inward
out of the mount in the rear lid.
– Remove the water drain hose from the hose grommet on the
bottom side of the pivoting emblem.
– Remove the pivoting emblem with the rear view camera hous‐
ing and pivoting motor inward from the rear lid.
Rearview camera housing with pivoting motor, removing from
pivoting emblem. Refer to ⇒ page 262 .
Installing:
Caution
♦ Risk of leaks
♦ Water could enter the luggage compartment if the seals
are twisted or are not positioned correctly.
♦ Check the installed seals to make sure they are in good
condition and installed correctly.
– Check the rubber seal -1- surrounding the pivoting emblem

and make sure it is seated completely in the groove.
G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
– Connect the water drain hose to the hose Volgrommet on the
ks ot g
by ua
bottom side of the pivoting emblem.
ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
– Insert the pivoting emblem in the
s a rear lid.
u ac
s
ce
e
– Release the pivoting emblem by rotating it to the left in its

nl
pt
du
mount in the rear lid.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Install the pivoting emblem bolts without tightening them.

ility
ot p
wit
– Center the pivoting emblem with the body opening in the rear
, is n
h re
lid and tighten the three bolts to 4 Nm.

hole
spec
– Connect all of the rearview camera wiring harness connectors

es, in part or in w
t to the co
and secure the wires and connectors with retainers so they do

not rattle.
– After installing, clean the rear view camera lens with a lint-free
rrectness of i
cloth.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
7.3.2 Rearview Camera Housing with Pivoting

Motor, Removing from Pivoting Emblem
and Installing
Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - V.A.G 1783-
Removing:
– Remove the pivoting emblem with rear view camera housing
and pivoting motor from the rear lid. Refer to ⇒ page 260 .

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the rear view camera housing -2- with the pivoting
motor -3- from the pivoting emblem -4-.
Installing:
Caution
♦ Risk of leaks
♦ Water could enter the luggage compartment if the seals
are twisted or are not positioned correctly.
♦ Check the installed seals to make sure they are in good
condition and installed correctly.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
– Check the seal between the camera and pivoting emblem isedand ara
nte
make sure it is not loose or twisted. ut
hor eo
a ra
ss c
ce
– Clip the pivoting motor wire into the wire retainer -1- behind
e
nl
pt
du
the camera housing before installing.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Insert the rear view camera housing -1- with the pivoting motor
ility
ot p
-3- into the pivoting emblem -4-.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The pivoting mechanism may be difficult to move.

♦ The bolt in the pivoting motor that is difficult to access
rrectness of i
-lower right arrow- may fall out when inserting it in the rear
view camera housing.
l purpos
♦ Hold the pivoting emblem so the motor -3- is at the bottom

when positioning the bolt.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
– Install the four screws -arrows- and tighten them to 2.5 Nm.
o
n in
or c
thi
e
Install the pivoting emblem with the rearview camera housing and
t
sd
iva
pivoting motor in the rear lid. Refer to ⇒ page 260 .

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
262
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Golf 2009 ➤
ksw
y Vol Electrical Equipment
not
gua - Edition 01.2015
db ran
rise te
tho eo
7.3.3 Rearview Camera Housing, Discon‐ ss au ra
c
necting from Pivoting Motor
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removing
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the rear view camera housing with the pivoting motor
h re
hole
from the pivoting emblem. Refer to ⇒ page 262 .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Unclip the pivoting motor wire -3- from the wiring guide -1- be‐
m
a
hind the camera.
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove both bolts -2- from the pivoting motor.

– Carefully separate the rear view camera housing and the piv‐
oting motor from each other.
Installing
– Check if the release lever and the slide surface on the pivoting
motor are lubricated enough.
– Connect the rear view camera housing and the pivoting motor.
– Install both bolts and tighten them to 1.6 Nm.
– Clip the pivoting motor wire into the wiring guide behind the
camera.
Install the rear view camera housing with the pivoting motor in the

Golf 2009 ➤
7.3.4 Rearview Camera, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the pivoting emblem with rearview camera housing
and pivoting motor from the rear lid. Refer to ⇒ page 260 .
– Rearview camera housing with pivoting motor, removing from
– Remove the screws -1-.
– Carefully separate the rearview camera housing from the piv‐

oting motor.
– Remove the bolts -arrow-. Remove the mounting plate -1-.
– Remove the rearview camera with the mount from the hous‐
ing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Remove the screws -arrows- and remove the camera from the
h re
ole,
mount.
spec
Installing
t to the co

– Check if the release lever and the sliding surfaces on the piv‐
rrectne
oting motor are sufficiently lubricated with grease.

– Press the rearview camera housing and the pivoting motor to‐
ss o
gether.
cial p
f inform
– Install the bolts and tighten them to 1.6 Nm.

mer
atio
m
– Clip the pivoting motor wire into the wire guide behind the
o
n
c
camera.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Install the rearview camera housing with the pivoting motor in the
iv
o
pr
unlocking element. Refer to ⇒ page 262 .

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
264
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
8 High Beam Assist
Note
♦ Familiarity with the function and operation of the headlamp

assistance is needed if there are customer concerns.
♦ Refer to ⇒ Owner's Manual .
♦ ⇒ Self Study Program No. 434 ; Headlamp Assistant .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
The high beam assist turns olkthe
sw high beams on and ooffes nautomati‐
ot g
yV
cally depending on the ed bsurrounding traffic conditions and theua
ran
is
vehicle speed. The thorLight Recognition Sensor - G399- inside the
tee
o
rearview mirror sbase
au and the Automatic High Beam Assist Control r ac
Module - J844- inside the interior rearview mirror control it.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
To activate the high beam assist, turn on the ignition, turn the
an
itte
y li
headlamp switch to AUTO and move the turn signal lever to the
erm
ab
high beam position. The high beam assist will switch off when the
ility
ot p
ignition is turned off.
wit
, is n
h re
The high beam assist may not switch off at the right time or not at
hole
spec
all under the following conditions:
es, in part or in w
♦ On poorly lit streets with street signs that are highly reflective t to the co
♦ Other motorists, pedestrians, bicyclists not easily seen

rrectness of i
♦ Narrow curves, on-coming traffic partially covered, steep hills

l purpos
♦ On-coming vehicles on streets with a center barrier, when the

driver can see clearly over the barrier, for example, truck driv‐
nf
ercia
ers
orm
m
♦ Faulty camera and interrupted power supply

atio
om
n in
c
♦ Fog, snow and heavy rain

or
thi
te
sd
a
♦ Dust and sand

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
♦ Stone chips in the vision range of the sensor

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ The vision range of the sensor is fogged up, dirty or covered
C py
t. rig
gh
by a sticker, snow or ice
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The high beam assist has OBD.

Use Fault Finding on the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
8.2 Automatic High Beam Assist Control

Module - J844-
8.2.1 Automatic High Beam Assist Control

ling
The Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844- is in‐
stalled inside the interior rearview mirror and cannot be replaced
8. High Beam Assist 265

Golf 2009 ➤
separately. If a failure occurs, the entire interior rearview mirror

must be replaced.
– Interior rearview mirror, removing and installing. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; .
– Code the new automatic high beam assist control module after
installing it. Refer to ⇒ page 266 .
Note
It is not necessary to calibrate the new automatic high beam assist

control module. The system automatically calibrates the control
module.
8.2.2 Automatic High Beam Assist Control

– Code the Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844-
8.3 Light Recognition Sensor - G399-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
8.3.1 Light Recognition Sensor - G399- , Re‐ d by
Volksw not
gu
ara
moving and Installing ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
The Light Recognition Sensor - G399- for the high beam assist is s
ce
le
installed in the mirror base for the interior rearview mirror and
un
pt
an
cannot be replaced separately. If a failure occurs, the entire inte‐
d
itte
y li
rior rearview mirror must be replaced.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Interior rearview mirror, removing and installing. Refer to ⇒
wit
is n
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; .

h re
ole,
– Code the Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844- spec
in the interior rearview mirror after installing the new high beam t to the co
assist sensor. Refer to ⇒ page 266 .
rrectne
Note
s
It is not necessary to calibrate the new automatic high beam con‐

s o
cial p
trol sensor. The system automatically calibrates the control mod‐

inform
ule.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
9 Special Tools
♦ Trim Release Lever - Wedge - T10039/1-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410- ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness

o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAS6494-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
96 – Interior Lights, Switches

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “1.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System”,
Vol
kspage
wa 269 not
by gu
d ara
⇒ “1.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer
orise Control Module J362 ”, page 272 nte
th eo
u ra
⇒ “1.3 Engine Compartment
ss a Lamps and Switches”, page 273 c
ce
le
⇒ “1.4 Front Door Lamps and Switches”, page 273

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.5 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 ”, page 275
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “1.6 Instrument Panel Lamps and Switches”, page 275
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.7 Lost Ignition Key”, page 276
hole
spec
⇒ “1.8 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 ”, page 277
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.9 Rear Door Lock Components”, page 277
⇒ “1.10 Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 ”, page 277
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.11 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches”, page 277
l purpos
⇒ “1.12 Switches in Center Console Storage Compartment”, page

278
nform
ercia
1.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System

m
a
com
tion in
⇒ “1.1.1 General Information”, page 269
r
te o
thi
s
iva
⇒ “1.1.2 Alarm Horn H12 ”, page 270 do

r
rp
cum
fo
⇒ “1.1.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating and Deactivating”,

en
ng
t.
page 270
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
⇒ “1.1.4 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 270
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
⇒ “1.1.5 Central Locking and Anti-theft Alarm System Antenna Prote
cted AG.
agen
R47 ”, page 271
⇒ “1.1.6 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Vehi‐
cle Inclination Sensor Deactivation Button E360 ”, page 271
⇒ “1.1.7 Interior Monitoring Sensor G273 ”, page 271
⇒ “1.1.8 Vehicle Inclination Sensor G384 ”, page 271
1.1.1 General Information
Note

General Description
The anti-theft alarm system functions are integrated in the Vehicle
Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
The anti-theft alarm system must be adapted. Refer to
⇒ “4.12 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 ”,
page 335 after the Vehicle electrical system control module is
replaced.

Golf 2009 ➤

Anti-theft alarm system is equipped with On Board Diagnostics
(OBD) which assists troubleshooting.
Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding” func‐
tion for troubleshooting. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General
Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; General Information .
1.1.2 Alarm Horn - H12-

The Alarm Horn is located in right front wheel housing.
1.1.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating and

Deactivating
Activating Anti-Theft Alarm System
Anti-theft alarm system is automatically switched on by locking
the vehicle. Anti-theft alarm system is then activated immediately.
Note
So that anti-theft alarm system does not trigger unnecessary

alarms, close all windows and doors before locking the vehicle. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Deactivating Anti-theft Alarm System ed by ara
nte
ris
o eo
♦ Anti-theft alarm system is deactivated when theaut vehicle is un‐
h
ra
locked via the unlock button on radio-frequency
ss remote con‐ c
ce
le
trol, or
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ When the ignition is switched on.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Unlocking Vehicle Mechanically (Emergency Opening)
ot
wit
, is n
– Unlock vehicle at driver door.
h re
hole
spec
Anti-theft alarm system remains activated, however no alarm is
es, in part or in w
triggered.
t to the co
– Switch on ignition within 15 seconds.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
If the ignition is not switched on after 15 seconds the alarm is

nform
ercia
triggered.
m
a
com
tio
By switching on the ignition, the electronic immobilizer recognizes

n in
r
a valid vehicle key and deactivates the anti-theft alarm system.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
1.1.4 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor - G578-

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Note
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ The anti-theft alarm system sensor includes the Vehicle Incli‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
nation Sensor - G384- and the Interior Monitoring Sensor -
G273- (two sensors).
♦ The anti-theft alarm system sensor cannot be disassembled.
Anti-theft alarm system sensor, removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “1.1.4 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 270 .
270 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

Golf 2009 ➤
1.1.5 Central Locking and Anti-theft Alarm

System Antenna - R47-
Note

The central locking and anti-theft alarm system antenna receives
radio signals from the remote control key and relays them to the
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
The central locking and anti-theft alarm system antenna is inte‐
grated inside the vehicle electrical system control module and
cannot be replaced separately.
1.1.6 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch -

E267- and Vehicle Inclination Sensor
Deactivation Button - E360-
The interior monitoring deactivation switch and the deactivate ve‐
hicle inclination sensor button are a single unit, which is installed
inside the driver side B-pillar.
Interior monitoring deactivation switch AGand
. Volkdeactivate
swagen AG vehicle in‐
clination sensor button, removing agen
ksw and installing refer toes not
do
ol
⇒ “4.9 Interior Monitoring d bDeactivation Switch E267 and Vehicle
y V gu
ara
rise
Inclination Sensor Deactivation Button E360 ”, page 300 . nte
ho e t or
au ac
1.1.7 Interior
ss Monitoring Sensor - G273-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Note
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ The Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- includes the Ve‐

h re
ole,
hicle Inclination Sensor - G384- and the Interior Monitoring

spec
Sensor (two sensors).

t to the co
Anti-theft alarm system sensor, removing and installing. Refer to

rrectne
⇒ “1.1.4 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 270 .

s
1.1.8 Vehicle Inclination Sensor - G384-

s o
cial p
f inform
mer
Note
atio
om
n
c
i
or
♦ The Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- includes the ve‐

thi
te
sd
hicle inclination sensor and the Interior Monitoring Sensor -

iva
o
r
G273- (two sensors).

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Anti-theft alarm system sensor, removing and installing. Refer to p by
o Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “1.1.4 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 270 . Prote
cted AG.
agen

Golf 2009 ➤
1.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module -

J362-
Note
wage es n
Refer to Self Study ProgramyV
olks
No. 423; Golf MY 2009. ot g
ua
b
ed ran
General Description
thoris tee
u or
a a
The fourth generation
ss anti-theft immobilizer on the Golf has an c
ce
online connection and download capability. The chief integral
e
nl
pt
du
component of the fourth generation immobilizer is a central data‐
an
itte
y li
base, in which all anti-theft relevant data of participating control
erm
ab
modules is stored. It is not possible to adapt participating control
ility
ot p
modules to the immobilizer without an online connection to this
wit
, is n
database.
h re
hole
spec
Fazit system test. Refer to
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.5 Fazit System Test”, page 282 .
t to the co
♦ The immobilizer PIN cannot be requested by fax and the im‐
mobilizer cannot be enabled in advance.
rrectness of i
♦ All components participating on the immobilizer must be adap‐
l purpos
ted online.
♦ All vehicle keys (subsequently ordered keys as well) are al‐
nf
ercia
ready pre-coded to a specific vehicle from the factory and can

or
only be adapted to this vehicle.

m
m
atio
om
♦ Additional vehicle keys must be ordered specifying the re‐

n in
or c
spective Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

thi
te
sd
iva
♦ It is no longer possible to perform adaptation on components

o
r
rp
cu
originating from other vehicles in the Volkswagen group.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Immobilizer Components Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Anti-theft immobilizer control module. Refer to p by
co Vo
lksw
⇒ “4.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 ”,
by
cted agen
Prote
page 285 .
AG.
♦ Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechan‐

ical, Fuel Injection and Glow Plug; Rep. Gr. 23 ; Removal and
Installation .
♦ Ignition key. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Ignition Key, Adapting”, page 282 .
New identity when changing all immobilizer components. Refer
to
⇒ “3.9 New Identity When Replacing All Components”,
page 282 .
Functions of Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module
♦ Communication of all components participating on immobilizer
with each other.
♦ Data encryption between participating control modules.
The immobilizer is equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD) ca‐
pabilities which aids in troubleshooting.

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Golf 2009 ➤
olksw Electrical nEquipment
ot g - Edition 01.2015
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho
1.3 Engine Compartment Lamps and s au
or
ac
Switches
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
The Golf does not have engine compartment lighting.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1.4 Front Door Lamps and Switches
t to the co
⇒ “1.4.1 Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K133 ”,
page 273
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.4.2 Driver Interior Locking Button E308 ”, page 273
l purpos
⇒ “1.4.3 Driver Window Regulator Switch Module”, page 273
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.4.4 Front Door Lock Components”, page 274

m
at
⇒ “1.4.5 Mirror Adjustment Switch Module, Driver Side”,
om
ion
page 274
c
in t
or
his
te
1.4.1 Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp

a
do
priv
cum
- K133-
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp - K133- is installed C py
ht. rig
near the exterior mirror in the driver door trim panel. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
1.4.2 Driver Interior Locking Button - E308-
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76- , which cannot be replaced

separately, is integrated in driver interior locking button.
1.4.3 Driver Window Regulator Switch Mod‐

ule
In vehicles with four doors, the following components are inte‐
grated in window regulator switch module on driver side:
♦ Left Front Window Regulator Switch - E40-
♦ Left Rear Window Regulator Switch in Driver Door - E53-
♦ Right Rear Window Regulator Switch in Driver Door - E55-
♦ Right Front Power Window Switch in Driver Door - E81-
♦ Child Safety Lock Button - E318-
Note
The components listed above cannot be replaced separately.
In vehicles with two doors, the following components are integra‐

ted in window regulator switch module on driver side:
♦ Left Front Window Regulator Switch - E40-
♦ Right Front Power Window Switch in Driver Door - E81-

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
1.4.4 Front Door Lock Components

Depending on Equipment Level, the Following Components are
Integrated with the Drivers Door Lock: olkswage es n
o
yV t gu
♦ Driver Door Contact Switch - F2- db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Driver Central Locking Lock Unit - F220-
ss
a ra
c
ce
e
♦ Driver Door Central Locking System Motor - V56-

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Driver Door Central Locking -SAFE- Motor - V161-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Integrated with the Front Passengers Door Lock:
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Front Passenger Door Contact Switch - F3-
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Front Passenger Central Locking Lock Unit - F221-
t to the co
♦ Front Passenger Door Central Locking System Motor - V57-
rrectness of i
♦ Front Passenger Central Locking -SAFE- Motor - V162-
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
om
n in
c
In the Event of Front Door Lock Component Malfunctions:

or
thi
te
sd
iva
– Replace the door lock. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
1.4.5 Mirror Adjustment Switch Module, Driv‐ Cop py
t. rig
gh
er Side
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
The following components are integrated in mirror adjustment Prote AG.
switch module on driver side (depending on equipment):

♦ Mirror Adjusting Switch - E43-
♦ Mirror Selector Switch - E48-
♦ Exterior Rearview Mirror Heating Switch - E231-
♦ Mirror Folding Switch - E263-
♦ Mirror Adjustment Switch Illumination Bulb - L78-
Note

Golf 2009 ➤
1.5 High Tone Horn - H2- / Low Tone Horn

wage
- H7-
by
Volks es n
ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss Note
ce
le
un
pt
♦ High tone horn and low tone horn are activated in parallel by
an
d
itte
y li
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Removal and installation for high tone horn and low tone horn
wit
is n
is performed in the same way and is only described for one
h re
ole,
signal horn.
spec
♦ Signal horns are installed on the left and on the right, next to
t to the co
the longitudinal members.
1.6 Instrument Panel Lamps and Switches
rrectne
⇒ “1.6.1 Emergency Flasher Switch E3 ”, page 275
ss o
cial p
⇒ “1.6.2 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp K145
f in
”, page 275
form
mer
atio
⇒ “1.6.3 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch E224
om
”, page 275
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
⇒ “1.6.4 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 ”, page 275

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
⇒ “1.6.5 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 ”, page 276

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.6.6 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster E102 and Instrument
Cop py
Panel Illumination Dimmer Switch E20 ”, page 276
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
⇒ “1.6.7 Left Footwell Lamp W9 ”, page 276
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.6.8 Light Switch E1 ”, page 276
⇒ “1.6.9 Right Footwell Lamp W10 ”, page 276
⇒ “1.6.10 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button E492 ”,
page 276
1.6.1 Emergency Flasher Switch - E3-

The emergency flasher switch is installed in the center of the in‐
strument panel above the radio/navigation unit.
1.6.2 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indi‐

cator Lamp - K145-
The front passenger airbag disabled indicator lamp is installed in
the climate controls trim.
1.6.3 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation

Key Switch - E224-
WARNING
Follow all safety precautions when working on the airbag. Re‐

fer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; General Information .
1.6.4 Glove Compartment Lamp - W6-

The glove compartment lamp is located in the front passenger
footwell, inside the glove compartment.

Golf 2009 ➤
1.6.5 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch -

E26-
Glove compartment lamp switch is located at rear side of glove
compartment.
1.6.6 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster -

E102- and Instrument Panel Illumination
Dimmer Switch - E20-
Note
Headlamp Range Control Adjuster - E102- and Instrument Panel

Illumination Dimmer Switch - E20- comprise one component.
1.6.7 Left Footwell Lamp - W9-

The left footwell lamp is located under the instrument panel, inside
the footwell on the driver side.
The left footwell lamp and the diagnostic socket are installed in a
single bracket.
1.6.8 Light Switch - E1-

The following components are integratedgewith
n AG.light
Volksswitch:
wagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
♦ Fog Lamp Switch - E7- byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
♦ Rear Fog Lamp Switchut-hoE18- eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ Headlamp Switch Illumination Bulb - L9-
ce
le
un
pt
1.6.9 Right Footwell Lamp - W10-

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
The right footwell lamp is under the glove compartment.

ot
wit
, is n
1.6.10 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button

h re
hole
spec
- E492-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The tire pressure monitoring display button was located in the

center console through 05/2009. Refer to
rrectness of i
278 .
l purpos
The tire pressure monitoring display button is now located in the

glove compartment as of 06/2009.
nform
ercia
1.7 Lost Ignition Key

m
a
com
tio
All vehicle keys (subsequently ordered keys as well) are already

n in
r
pre-coded to a specific vehicle from the factory and can only be

te o
thi
adapted to this vehicle. The subsequent ordering of vehicle keys

s
iva
do
must be performed via entry of the respective Vehicle Identifica‐

r
rp
cum
fo
tion Number (VIN) and then the new keys must be adapted to the
en
ng
t.
Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362- .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Note
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The procedure must be completed after replacing the lock set or

the control modules. Refer to
page 282 .

Golf 2009 ➤
Ignition Key, adapting. Refer to

⇒ “3.7 Ignition Key, Adapting”, page 282 .
1.8 Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3-

The luggage compartment lamp is located inside the right luggage
compartment cover support.
1.9 Rear Door Lock Components

Integrated with the Left Rear Door Lock:
♦ Left Rear Door Contact Switch - F10-
♦ Left Rear Central Locking Lock Unit - F222-
♦ Left Rear Central Locking -Lock- Motor - V214-
♦ Left Rear Central Locking -SAFE- Motor - V163-
Integrated with the Right Rear Door Lock:
♦ Right Rear Door Contact Switch - F11-
♦ Right Rear Central Locking Lock Unit - F223-
♦ Right Rear Central Locking -Lock- Motor - V215-
♦ Right Rear Central Locking -SAFE- Motor - V164-
Note
In the Event of Rear Door Lock Component Malfunctions:Volkswa

AG. gen AG
agen does
– Replace the respective door lock. Refer to Vo⇒ Body Exterior;
lksw not
gu
Rep. Gr. 58 ; Removal and Installation d b.y ara
ise nte
r
tho eo
1.10 Rear Lid Lock Unit
ss
au - F256- ra
c
ce
le
Rear lid lock unit is integrated in rear lid lock and cannot be re‐
un
pt
an
d
placed separately.
itte
y li
erm
ab
1.11 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “1.11.1 Front Interior Lamp W1 , Vehicles Without Anti-Theft

ole,
Warning System”, page 277

spec
⇒ “1.11.2 Front Interior Lamp W1 , Vehicles With Anti-Theft

t to the co
Warning System”, page 278

⇒ “1.11.3 Rear Interior and Reading Lights”, page 278
rrectne
1.11.1 Front Interior Lamp - W1- , Vehicles

s
Without Anti-Theft Warning System

s o
cial p
f inform
The following components are integrated into the front interior

mer
lamp:
atio
om
n
c
♦ Driver Reading Lamp - W19-

i
or
n thi
te
sd
♦ Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13-

iva
o
pr
cum
r
♦ Depending on the vehicle equipment level Sunroof Button -

fo
en
ng
E325-
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Golf 2009 ➤ d by ara
ise nte
r
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015 ut ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
1.11.2 Front Interior Lamp - W1- , Vehicles With
e
nl
pt
du
an
Anti-Theft Warning System
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The following components are integrated into the front interior
wit
, is n
lamp:
h re
hole
♦ Driver Reading Lamp - W19-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13-
♦ Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- . Refer to
⇒ “1.1.4 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 270
rrectness of i
♦ Depending on the vehicle equipment level Sunroof Button -
l purpos
E325-
1.11.3 Rear Interior and Reading Lights
nform
mercia
The following components are integrated in the rear interior and
at
om
io
reading lights:
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Rear Interior Lamp - W43-

at
do
priv
c
♦ Left Rear Reading Lamp - W11-
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Right Rear Reading Lamp - W12-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Note Prote
cted AG.
agen
Interior and reading lights as well as switches for interior and

reading lights are integrated and cannot be serviced or replaced
separately. In the event of malfunction, the entire assembly must
be replaced.
1.12 Switches in Center Console Storage

Compartment
Depending on the vehicle equipment level, the following switches
may be installed inside the center console storage compartment:
♦ ASR/ESP Button - E256-
♦ Dampening Adjustment Button - E387-
♦ Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581-
♦ Parking Aid Button - E266-
♦ Through 05/2009 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button -
E492- from 06/2009. Refer to
page 276
♦ Gasoline/Natural Gas Fuel Selection Switch - E395- (Volks‐
wagen optional equipment)
Note
The removing and installing of all buttons in the center console

storage compartment is identical and is described for just one
switch.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
horis nte
eo Golf 2009 ➤
aut Electrical
ra Equipment - Edition 01.2015
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System Overview”, page 279
wit
is n
h re
2.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System Overview
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Components of anti-theft alarm system are dependent on vehicle
equipment.
ss o
cial p
f in
1 - Front Hood Contact Switch
form
mer
- F266-
atio
m
❑ In hood lock
o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
a
ling. Refer to
iv
o
pr
c
⇒ “4.5 Front Hood Con‐
um
r
fo
tact Switch F266 ”, page
en
ng
t.
yi Co
287 . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
2 - Alarm Horn - H12- py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ In right front wheel cted agen
Prote AG.
housing
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Alarm Horn
H12 ”, page 270
3 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
trol Module - J387-
❑ In front passenger door
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ;
Removal and Installa‐
tion, of window regulator
motor
4 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
tact Switch - F3-
❑ In Front Passenger
Central Locking Lock
Unit - F221-
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;
Removal and Installa‐
tion
5 - Right Rear Door Control
Module - J389-
❑ Inside the right rear door
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation, of window
regulator motor
6 - Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor - G578-
❑ The anti-theft alarm system sensor includes the Vehicle Inclination Sensor - G384- and the Interior Mon‐
itoring Sensor - G273- (two sensors)
❑ In roof console
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.2 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 284

Golf 2009 ➤
7 - Rear Lid Lock Unit - F256-

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 55 ; Removal and Installation
8 - Driver Door Contact Switch - F2-
❑ In Driver Central Locking Lock Unit - F220-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Removal and Installation
9 - Left Rear Door Control Module - J388-
❑ Inside the left rear door
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation of window
regulator motor
10 - Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch - E267-
❑ In drivers side B-pillar trim
⇒ “1.1.6 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Vehicle Inclination Sensor Deactivation Button
E360 ”, page 271
11 - Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp - K133-
❑ In front door trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4.1 Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K133 ”, page 273
12 - Driver Door Control Module - J386-
❑ In driver door
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation of window
regulator motor
13 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
❑ Inside the footwell on the driver side under the instrument panel
❑ Includes the Central Locking and Anti-theft Alarm System Antenna - R47- . Refer to
⇒ “1.1.5 Central Locking and Anti-theft Alarm System Antenna R47 ”, page 271
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.12 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 ”, page 335
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “3.1 Alarm Horn H12 , Checking”, page 281
⇒ “3.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Adapting”, page 281
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , Adapting”,
page 282
⇒ “3.4 Emergency Flasher Switch E3 , Checking”, page 282
⇒ “3.5 Fazit System Test”, page 282
⇒ “3.6 Horns, Checking”, page 282
⇒ “3.7 Ignition Key, Adapting”, page 282
⇒ “3.8 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Vehicle
Inclination Sensor Deactivation Button E360 , Checking”,
page 282
page 282
⇒ “3.10 Remote Key, Checking”, page 282
3.1 Alarm Horn - H12- , Checking

The alarm horn function can be checked using Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module - J519- output diagnostic test.
3.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Adapting

⇒ “3.2.1 Alarm Delay When Opening Driver Door, Adapting”, page
281
⇒ “3.2.2 Intelligent Alarm Horn Market Version, Adapting”,
page 281
⇒ “3.2.3 Interior Monitoring Sensitivity, Adapting”, page 281
olks
wage es n
ot g
V
by ua
⇒ “3.2.4 Vehicle Inclination Sensor Sensitivity, Adapting”,
ris
ed ran
tee
page 281 utho or
a ac
ss
3.2.1 Alarm Delay When Opening Driver ce
e
nl
pt
du
Door, Adapting an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Adjust the alarm delay when opening the driver door. Use the
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
3.2.2 Intelligent Alarm Horn Market Version,

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Adapting
t to the co
– Country selection for the intelligent alarm horn, adapting. Use

rrectness of i
3.2.3 Interior Monitoring Sensitivity, Adapting

l purpos
– Adjust the sensitivity of the interior monitoring. Use the Vehicle

Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
nform
mercia
3.2.4 Vehicle Inclination Sensor Sensitivity,

at
om
ion
Adapting
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Adjust the sensitivity of the inclination sensor. Use the Vehicle

p

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

J362- , Adapting
– Adapt the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362- . Use
3.4 Emergency Flasher Switch - E3- ,

Checking
– Emergency Flasher Switch - E3- , checking. Use the Vehicle
3.5 Fazit System Test

The following steps will be performed by this test program:
♦ System test for the online connection
♦ Test of user authorization
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ Test of correct wire connection to Volkswagen
olks database
wag does
not
byV gu
ara
It is necessary that the tester have an online
rised
connection (network nte
connection). aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
– Fazit system test. Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Gui‐
ce
e
nl
ded Fault Finding”.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
3.6 Horns, Checking
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Check the horns ( High Tone Horn - H2- and Low Tone Horn -
, is n
h re
H7- ) using the output diagnostic test from the Vehicle Electrical
hole
spec
System Control Module - J519- . Refer to
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.15 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (D) of Vehicle Electrical
t to the co
System Control Module J519 ”, page 323 .
3.7 Ignition Key, Adapting

rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
If new or additional ignition keys are required, they must be adap‐

ted to the immobilizer control module.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Ignition key, adapting. Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in

his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or
3.8 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch -

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
E267- and Vehicle Inclination Sensor Cop py
ht. rig
Deactivation Button - E360- , Checking

rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch - E267- and Vehicle
Prote AG.
Inclination Sensor Deactivation Button - E360- , checking. Use

the Vehicle diagnostic tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
3.9 New Identity When Replacing All Com‐

ponents
All required steps necessary for new installation of all immobilizer
components are performed by this program.
– New identity when replacing all components. Use the Vehicle
3.10 Remote Key, Checking

– Remote key, checking. Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in

Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “4.1 Alarm Horn”, page 283
⇒ “4.2 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor G578 ”, page 284
⇒ “4.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 ”, page 285
⇒ “4.4 Buttons in Center Console Storage Compartment”,
page 286
⇒ “4.5 Front Hood Contact Switch F266 ”, page 287
⇒ “4.6 Front Door Lamps and Switches”, page 288
⇒ “4.7 Horns”, page 291
⇒ “4.8 Instrument Panel Lamps and Switches”, page 292
⇒ “4.9 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Vehicle
Inclination Sensor Deactivation Button E360 ”, page 300
⇒ “4.10 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 ”, page 301
⇒ “4.11 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 Bulb”, page 302
⇒ “4.12 Rear Door Window Switches”, page 303
⇒ “4.13 Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 ”, page 303
⇒ “4.14 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches”, page 304
4.1 Alarm Horn

♦ Drill
Note
To remove the alarm horn, anti-theft alarm system must be de‐

activated. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.1.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating and Deactivating”,
ksw
agen oes
page 270 . ol not
V gu
by a
ed ran
oris tee
th
Removal au
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
move ignition key.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the right front wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body

ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
– Using the Drill, drill off the heads on both blind rivets
ole,
-arrows-.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
283
op Vo
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG. 4. Removal and Installation
agen
Golf 2009 ➤
– Disengage harness connector -1- through opening in housing

-2- using a small screwdriver and remove Alarm Horn - H12-
-3- out of wheel housing.
– Remove any remaining material from the rivet -arrows- from

the holes in the body.
Installation
Note
Remove any metal chips and any remaining material from the
blind rivets.
– Apply corrosion protection. Refer to General Information; Body

Repairs, Body Collision Repair.
– Connect harness connector to alarm horn.
Note
For reasons of clarity, the Alarm Horn - H12- is not depicted in the
following illustrations and thus the connector is not connected.
lkswage es n
– Guide clip -2- for Alarm by V Horn into body cutout -1-.
o ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
– Attach the alarm uth horn using new blind rivets.
o tee
or
s a ac
– Install the right front wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body
s
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
4.2 Anti-theft Alarm System Sensor - G578-

ss o
cial p

inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ When removing and installing components y V in a visible area
o lk not
gu
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), mask off risethe
d b areas at which a ara
nte
( Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver)
ut
ho will be posi‐ eo
ra
tioned, using commercially available
ss a adhesive tape. c
ce
e
♦ The following illustrations show removing and installing the
nl
pt
du
an
anti-theft alarm system sensor from the front interior lamp on
itte
y li
a vehicle with a sunroof. Removing and installing the anti-theft erm
ab
ility
alarm system sensor from the front interior lamp on vehicles
ot p
without a sunroof is identical.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Removal
es, in part or in w
t to the co
move ignition key.
rrectness of i
– Remove front interior light:
l purpos
♦ Vehicles with an anti-theft alarm system. Refer to

⇒ “4.14.4 Front Interior Lamp W1 , with Anti-Theft Warning
System”, page 306 .
nf
ercia
or
♦ Vehicles without an anti-theft alarm system. Refer to
m
m
atio
⇒ “4.14.1 Front Interior Lamp W1 , Without Anti-Theft Warning
om
n in
or c
thi
e
– Open the tabs -arrows- and remove the anti-theft alarm sys‐
t
sd
iva
o
tem sensor -1- from the interior lamp. Pay attention to the wires
r
rp
cu
o
m
still connected.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Unclip the wires from the mounts -1-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Release the clips -arrows- and pull both Interior Monitoring
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Sensors -2- out of the interior lamp. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Remove the anti-theft alarm system sensor from the vehicle.

Installation

J362-
The anti-theft Immobilizer Control Module is integrated into the
instrument cluster. If the control module is malfunctioning, the
entire instrument cluster must be replaced. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Instrument Cluster, Replace”, page 65 .

Golf 2009 ➤
4.4 Buttons in Center Console Storage

Compartment
Note
The removing and installing of all buttons in the center console

storage compartment is identical and is described for just one
switch.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Removal olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers
orise and re‐ nte
eo
move ignition key. aut
h
ra
ss c
– Carefully pry off shift boot from center console -arrows-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Remove installation frame with ashtray from center console.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect all connectors -arrows-, depending on the vehicle

equipment level.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disengage the tabs -arrows- and remove switch upward from

installation frame.
Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
4.5 Front Hood Contact Switch - F266-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
The engine hood contact switch is installed in the hood latch.
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removal
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Switch off the ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
hole
spec
the ignition key.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical,
rrectness of i
Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 ; Removal and Instal‐
l purpos
lation or ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Glow Plug;

nform
ercia
– Remove the connector -1- from the retainer and disconnect it.
m
– Remove the hood latch. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Note
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Bowden cable may remain connected to the lid lock. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Cut the cable tie -2-, if necessary.

– Release the tab -1- and slide the engine hood contact switch
in the oblong holes until it is possible to remove it from the
hood.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Loosen the wiring harness for the contact switch -1- and re‐
move it from the lock carrier toward the inside from between
the fan shroud and the lock carrier.
Installation
4.6 Front Door Lamps and Switches

olksw
⇒ “4.6.1 Central Locking -SAFE- agIndicator
en AG. V Lamp K133
agen AG
does”,
ksw
page 288 by Vol not
gu
d ara
se nte
⇒ “4.6.2 Driver Interior
tho Locking Button E308 ”, page 289
ri e or
au ac
⇒ “4.6.3 Driver Mirror
ss Adjustment Switch Module”, page 289
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “4.6.4 Driver Window Regulator Switch Module”, page 289
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.6.5 Front Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch E107
ility
ot p
”, page 290
wit
is n
h re
4.6.1 Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp
ole,
- K133- spec
t to the co
Removal
rrectne
move ignition key.

– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
ss

o
cial p
f inform
– Unclip central locking -SAFE- indicator lamp -1- from door trim
mer
by pressing retaining tabs -arrows- together.

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect harness connector -1- of central locking -SAFE-

indicator lamp -2-.
Installation
Note
Make sure the central locking -SAFE- indicator lamp engages in

the door trim securely.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.6.2 Driver Interior Locking Button - E308-

Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
– Disengage the tabs -arrows- and remove interior locking
switch inward from installation frame.
Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
4.6.3 Driver Mirror Adjustment Switch Module d by
Vol not
gu
ara
ise nte
r
Removal ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐ s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Disengage the tabs -arrows- and remove switch upward from
erm
ab
installation frame.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Installation
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
4.6.4 Driver Window Regulator Switch Mod‐

atio
om
n in
ule
or c
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Golf 2009 ➤ tho tee
or
u
ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Carefully pry installation frame out of door trim -arrow- using
an
itte
y li
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or a screwdriver.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Disconnect the connectors -arrows-.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
– Disengage retaining tabs -arrows- and remove switch from in‐
or c
stallation frame.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Installation
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.6.5 Front Passenger Door Window Regula‐

tor Switch - E107-
Note
Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76- , which cannot be replaced

separately, is integrated in Front Passenger Door Window Reg‐
ulator Switch - E107- .
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the passenger side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Disengage retaining tabs -arrows- and remove switch from in‐
stallation frame.
Installation

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
ran Golf 2009 ➤
d b ua
ir se
tho Electrical Equipment - Editiontee
or 01.2015
au ac
ss
4.7 Horns
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removal
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
move ignition key.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the connector -arrow-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the screw -arrow- and remove the horn and bracket. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Installation
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
When installing, position the horn so that it does not touch any
surrounding components.
– Tighten the screws that attach the bracket to the longitudinal

member, to 20 Nm.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.8 Instrument Panel Lamps and Switches

⇒ “4.8.1 Emergency Flasher Switch E3 ”, page 292
⇒ “4.8.2 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp K145
”, page 293
⇒ “4.8.3 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch E224
”, page 294
⇒ “4.8.4 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 ”, page 294
⇒ “4.8.5 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 ”, page 296
⇒ “4.8.6 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster E102 and Instrument
Panel Illumination Dimmer Switch E20 ”, page 296
⇒ “4.8.7 Light Switch E1 ”, page 296
⇒ “4.8.8 Left Footwell Lamp W9 ”, page 297 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “4.8.9 Left Footwell Lamp W9 Bulb”, page by V298
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
⇒ “4.8.10 Right Footwell Lamp W10u”, th page 299
or eo
a ra
s c
⇒ “4.8.11 Right Footwell Lamp W10 Bulb”, page 299
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
page 300
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.8.1 Emergency Flasher Switch - E3-
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Removal
spec
t to the co
move ignition key.
– Carefully pry off the cap -1- on the emergency flasher switch
rrectne
with a screwdriver.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Pull the emergency lamp switch -1- in the direction of the
rig ht
py by
o Vo
-arrow- out of the instrument panel. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the emergency

lamp switch -1-. olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
Installation db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Installation is performed in the reverse order
ss au of removal. ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.8.2 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indi‐
cator Lamp - K145-
rrectness of i
l purpos
WARNING
nform
ercia
♦ Danger of the airbag deploying!

m
a
com
tion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
tion .
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Removal
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
move ignition key.
Prote AG.
– Remove the trim frame from the radio/navigation system. Re‐

fer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation .
– Remove the trim frame from the climate controls. Refer to ⇒
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Re‐
moval and Installation .
– Press the locking mechanisms away from each other in the
direction of the -arrow- and remove the front passenger airbag
disabled indicator lamp -2-.
Installation

Golf 2009 ➤
4.8.3 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation

Key Switch - E224-
WARNING
♦ Danger of the airbag deploying!

wage es n
♦ The airbag could deploy if they Vunit o is mishandled.
lks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
♦ Follow all safety precautions
thoris
when working on the airbag. tee
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
s au Rep. Gr. 69 ; General Informa‐ or
ac
tion . s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removal
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
move ignition key.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect electrical connection -arrow-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Disengage retaining tabs -arrows- and remove key switch.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Installation
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.8.4 Glove Compartment Lamp - W6-

Note


Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
move ignition key.
– Carefully pry out diffusion lens using Trim Removal Wedge -
3409- or a screwdriver.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Bulb, Replacing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Disengage retaining tabs -1- and remove heat shield -2- from
nf
ercia
diffusion lens of light.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully pry bulb from socket.

– Glass base bulb: 12V, 5W
Installation
– Check function of glove compartment switch. Glove compart‐
ment lamp must not light up with cover closed.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.8.5 Glove Compartment Lamp agen

Switch
AG. Volkswage-n AG
does
E26- db
y Volksw not
gu
ar
e an
ris tee
Removal tho or
s au ac
– Switch off ignition, switch
s
off all electrical consumers and re‐
ce
e
move ignition key. nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Disengage retaining tab -1- and remove switch from guide rails
h re
-arrow-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Installation
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
4.8.6 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster -
his
ate
do
riv
E102- and Instrument Panel Illumination

p
cum
for
en
g
Dimmer Switch - E20-

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Removal
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
move ignition key.
– Remove the driver side storage compartment. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation .
– Reach under the instrument panel and press both locking
mechanisms in direction of -arrows- together on the adjuster
and the switch.
– Push the adjuster and the switch out of the instrument panel.
– Disconnect the connector -1- and remove the adjuster and
switch.
Installation
4.8.7 Light Switch - E1-

Removal
move ignition key.
– Turn light switch rotary knob to “0” position.
– Push in light switch rotary handle in direction of -arrow 1- and
turn it slightly toward right in direction of -arrow 2-.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Hold rotary handle in this position and remove light switch on

rotary handle from instrument cluster in direction of -arrow 3-.

Installation
– Connect the connector to the light switch.
– Hold light switch firmly and press in rotary handle of light switch
in direction of -arrow 1- and turn slightly toward right in direc‐
tion of -arrow 2-. n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
– Hold rotary handle in this position and insertby light switch into
Vol
k ot g
ua
instrument cluster in direction of -arrow
ris
ed3-. ran
tee
tho or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Turn rotary handle to position “0”, release and engage switch.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
4.8.8 Left Footwell Lamp - W9-

rm
m
atio
om
n in

or c
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ When removing and installing components in a visible area op Vo
by c lksw
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which a cted agen
Prote AG.
prying tool ( Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) will
be positioned, using commercially available adhesive tape.
♦ Removal and installation for both footwell lights is performed
in the same way and is only described for one light.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the screw -arrow- and remove the bracket -1-. Pay
attention to the wires still connected as well as to the footwell
lamp and the diagnostic socket.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect the connector -2- and unclip the diagnostic socket

-3- from the bracket.
Installation
– Tighten the screw on the bracket for the footwell lamp and
diagnostic socket to 1.5 Nm. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
4.8.9 Left Footwell Lamp - W9- Bulb
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ When removing and installing components in a visible area
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which a
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Removal
his
ate
do
riv
p
cum
or
move ignition key.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the left footwell lamp. Refer to
C py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “4.8.8 Left Footwell Lamp W9 ”, page 297 .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Disengage retaining tabs -1- and remove heat shield -2- from cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully pry bulb from socket.

Installation
– Tighten the screw on the bracket for the footwell lamp and
diagnostic socket to 1.5 Nm.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.8.10 Right Footwell Lamp - W10-

Note

Removal
move ignition key.
– Pry out footwell light from trim underneath the glove compart‐
ment using Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or a screwdriver.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the right foot‐
ility
ot p
well lamp.
wit
, is n
h re
Installation
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
4.8.11 Right Footwell Lamp - W10- Bulb

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Removal and installation for both footwell lamps is performed

Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the right footwell lamp. Refer to
⇒ “4.8.10 Right Footwell Lamp W10 ”, page 299 .
– Disengage retaining tabs -1- and remove heat shield -2- from
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
– Carefully tpry
hor bulb from socket.
is tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Installation
du
an
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
4.8.12 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button

l purpos
- E492-
nform
ercia
The tire pressure monitoring display button was located in the

center console through 05/2009. Refer to
m
at
om

ion
c
278 .
in t
or
his
ate
The tire pressure monitoring display button is now located in the

do
riv
glove compartment as of 06/2009.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
Removal Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐gh ht
yri by
move ignition key. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect electrical connector.
– Push the switch from behind and remove it.
Installation
4.9 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch -

E267- and Vehicle Inclination Sensor
Deactivation Button - E360-

Golf 2009 ➤
Note
♦ The interior monitoring deactivation switch and the vehicle in‐

clination sensor deactivate button are a single component.
♦ To remove the interior monitoring deactivation switch and ve‐
hicle inclination sensor deactivate button, anti-theft warning
system must be deactivated. Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating and Deactivat‐
ing”, page 270 . wage
e ks s no
Vol t
♦ When removingedand
by installing components in a visible
gu
araarea
(switches, covers,
tho
ris trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which
nte
ea
prying tool
s au( Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) will
or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Interior monitoring deactivation switch and vehicle inclination
an
itte
y li
sensor deactivate button are located in B-pillar trim on drivers
erm
ab
side.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removal
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
move ignition key.
– Carefully pry out interior monitoring deactivation switch and
the vehicle inclination sensor deactivate button -1- using a
rrectness of i
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or a screwdriver.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Installation
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note


Golf 2009 ➤
Removal
move ignition key.
– Pry lamp out from luggage compartment cover support using
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or screwdriver.
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the luggage

compartment lamp.
Installation
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
ss
a ac
ce
le
Bulb
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co

rrectne

ss o
Removal
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
move ignition key.

om
n
c
– Remove the luggage compartment lamp. Refer to

or
n thi
e
⇒ “4.10 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 ”, page 301 .

t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Push contact plate -1- of lamp outward and remove the tubular
um
r
fo
en
ng
bulb -2- from the socket.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Tubular bulb: 12V, 10W

Installation
4.12 Rear Door Window Switches

Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the rear adoor trim
n AG . Volpanel.
kswagenRefer
AG do to ⇒ Body Interior;
w ge
Rep. Gr. 70V;o Removal and Installation e.s not g
lks
y ua
db ra
– Disengage
ris
e
retaining tabs -arrows- and remove switch
nte
e o from in‐
utho
stallation frame. ra
a c
ss
Installation
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
4.13 Rear Lid Lock Unit - F256-

l purpos
In the event the rear lid lock unit malfunctions, the complete rear
lid lock must be replaced.
nform
ercia
– Replace the rear lid lock. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
m
a
com

ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
4.14 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches

System”, page 304
⇒ “4.14.2 Front Passenger Reading Lamp W13 and Driver Read‐
ing Lamp W19 without Anti-Theft Warning System”, page 305
⇒ “4.14.3 Front Reading Lamp Buttons without Anti-Theft Warn‐
ing System”, page 306
⇒ “4.14.4 Front Interior Lamp W1 , with Anti-Theft Warning Sys‐
tem”, page 306
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
⇒ “4.14.5 Front Passenger Reading Lamp W13 and DriverVol Read‐
ksw not
gu
ing Lamp W19 with Anti-Theft Warning System”, page
ed by 307 ara
nte
is
or eo
⇒ “4.14.6 Front Reading Lamp Buttons With Anti-Theft
au
th Warning ra
System”, page 308 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “4.14.7 Illuminated Vanity Mirror Lamps”, page 308
an
d
itte
y li
erm
⇒ “4.14.8 Illuminated Vanity Mirror Bulb”, page 309
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.14.9 Rear Interior and Reading Lamps”, page 309
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “4.14.10 Rear Interior and Reading Light Bulbs”, page 310
spec
⇒ “4.14.11 Sunroof Button E325 without Anti-Theft Warning Sys‐
t to the co
tem”, page 311
⇒ “4.14.12 Sunroof Button E325 with Anti-Theft Warning Sys‐
rrectne
tem”, page 311
4.14.1 Front Interior Lamp - W1- , Without Anti-
ss o
Theft Warning System
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Note
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The following illustrations show removing and installing the front Cop py
interior lamp on a vehicle without a sunroof. Removing and in‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
stalling the front interior lamp on a vehicle with a sunroof is op Vo
by c lksw
identical. cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

Removal
move ignition key.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Carefully pry panel out of interior lamp -arrows- using Trim

Removal Wedge - 3409- or a screwdriver.

– Remove interior lamp from console in molded headliner.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Disconnect connectors -arrows-. olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
Installation orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
Installation is performed in the reverses order of removal.
s a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
4.14.2 Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13-

rrectne
and Driver Reading Lamp - W19- with‐

out Anti-Theft Warning System
ss o
cial p
f in
Removal
form
mer
– Remove interior light. Refer to

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
va
– Rotate lamp socket -arrows- of malfunctioning reading light

i
o
pr
cum
r
90° toward left.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove socket with light bulb out of reading light. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
– Carefully pull the bulb out of the socket. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

Installation
4.14.3 Front Reading Lamp Buttons without

Note
♦ The Driver Reading Lamp Button - E457- and Front Passenger

Reading Lamp Button - E458- cannot be replaced separately.
♦ The entire component must always be replaced in the event
of repairs.
4.14.4 Front Interior Lamp - W1- , with Anti-

Note
The following illustrations show removing and installing the front

AG. Volkswagen AG d
interior lamp on a vehicle lkswwith
agena sunroof. Removingoes and installing
no
the front interior lamp
d by Von a vehicle without a sunroof tis
o gu identical.
ar
e an
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec
Removal
t to the co
move ignition key.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
306
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches
cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
– Pry off the trim -1- using a Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or a
screwdriver at the tabs -arrows-.
– Remove both screws -arrows- and remove the interior lamp

from the roof.
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the interior

lamp.
Installation n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
Installation is performed in the reverse d by V order of removal. ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
4.14.5 Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13-

es, in part or in w
t to the co
and Driver Reading Lamp - W19- with

rrectness of i
Removal
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m
– Rotate lamp socket -arrows- of malfunctioning reading light

atio
m
90° toward left.

o
n in
or c
thi
e
– Remove socket with light bulb out of reading light.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Carefully pull the bulb out of the socket.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

Installation
4.14.6 Front Reading Lamp Buttons With Anti-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Theft Warning System y Volksw oes
not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ The Driver Reading Lamp Button - E457- and Front Passenger
an
itte
y li
Reading Lamp Button - E458- cannot be replaced separately.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The entire component must always be replaced in the event
wit
of repairs.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
4.14.7 Illuminated Vanity Mirror Lamps
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia

m

at
om
io

n
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Removal and installation for both lights is performed in the

p
cum
or
same way and is only described for one light.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Removal t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
move ignition key. Prote AG.
– Carefully pry lamp out of roof trim using Trim Removal Wedge
- 3409- or a screwdriver.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the bulb.

Installation
4.14.8 Illuminated Vanity Mirror Bulb

Special tools and workshop equipment required AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Removal and installation for both lights is performed in the
same way and is only described for one light.
t to the co
Removal
rrectne
move ignition key.
ss
– Remove the illuminated vanity mirror bulb. Refer to
o
cial p
f i
⇒ “4.14.7 Illuminated Vanity Mirror Lamps”, page 308 .
nform
mer
– Push contact plate -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and re‐
atio
m
move the tubular bulb -2- from the socket.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
– Tubular bulb: 12V, 5W
te
sd
iva
o
r
Installation
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.14.9 Rear Interior and Reading Lamps

Removal
move ignition key.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the trim -1- and the lens from the interior and reading
lamp.
– Disengage retaining tabs -arrows- and remove interior and

reading lights from molded headliner.
– Release and disconnect the harness connector -arrow- and

remove the interior and map/reading lamps.
n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
Installation Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
Installation is performed orisin the reverse order of removal. tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.14.10 Rear Interior and Reading Light Bulbs

Removal
rrectness of i
– Remove the trim -1- and the lens from the interior and reading
l purpos
lamp.
– Carefully remove bulb from socket -arrows-.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4.14.11 Sunroof Button - E325- without Anti-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Removing and installing the sunroof button from the interior lamp
spec
es, in part or in w
on vehicles without the anti-theft warning system is the same as
t to the co
on a vehicles with an anti-theft warning system.
Sunroof button, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.14.12 Sunroof Button E325 with Anti-Theft Warning Sys‐
rrectness of i
tem”, page 311 .
l purpos
4.14.12 Sunroof Button - E325- with Anti-Theft

Warning System
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Removal
om
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Disengage retaining tabs -arrows- and remove button from in‐

t.
yi Co
stallation frame. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Installation p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Align the sunroof button with the tab when installing the trim
-1-.

Golf 2009 ➤
5 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
97 – Wiring
⇒ “1.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Gateway”,
page 313
⇒ “1.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 ”, page 314
⇒ “1.3 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 ”, page 314
⇒ “1.4 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 ”, page 315
⇒ “1.5 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 ”, page 315
⇒ “1.6 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 ”, page 315
⇒ “1.7 Vehicle Diagnosis, AGTesting
. Volkswaand
gen AInformation Systems”,
page 316 swagen G do
es
olk no t gu
V
by a
⇒ “1.8 Vehicle
ris
ed Electrical System Control Module J519
ran
tee ”,
page 316
ut
ho
or
a ac
ss
⇒ “1.9 Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs”, page 318 ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface
itte
y li
erm
ab
- J533- , Gateway
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
tions.
nf
ercia
orm
General Description
m
atio
om
n in
c
The Data Bus on board diagnostic interface (Gateway) is de‐

or
thi
signed as a separate control module. It has the following tasks in

te
sd
a
the vehicle:
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
♦ Perform data exchange between CAN Bus systems Power‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi
train CAN Bus, Convenience CAN Bus and Infotainment CAN
Co
op py
Bus.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
♦ Transfers diagnostic data of CAN Bus systems onto K-wire
co lksw
by
cted agen
and vice-versa, allowing the data from the Vehicle Diagnostic
Prote AG.
Tester to be used.
Note
If the Data Bus on board diagnostic interface is to be replaced,

the work procedure must always be performed to read out the
codes stored in the module. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 ”,
page 322 .
There is the possibility to trace whether to replace individual par‐

tial busses (Powertrain, Comfort and Infotainment) during Bus
rest period (sleep mode). Refer to
⇒ “3.10.2 Checking Bus Activity”, page 322 .

Golf 2009 ➤
Furthermore, there is the possibility to check the status of the

connection from Data Bus on board diagnostic interface to an‐
other Bus participant.
The Data Bus on board diagnostic interface is equipped with On
Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.
Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding” for
troubleshooting. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Infor‐
mation; Rep. Gr. 97 ; General Information .
1.2 Driver Door Control Module - J386-
Note
♦ Driver Door Control Module and Driver Window Regulator Mo‐

tor - V147- comprise a single component and cannot be re‐
placed individually.
♦ If driver door control module or driver window regulator motor
is to be replaced, the work procedure must then be performed.
Refer to
⇒ “3.9.1 Driver Door Control Module J386 , Coding”, swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
page 321 . by
Volk not
gu
ara
ed
♦ Additional information: ris nte
tho e or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
tions.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
1.3 Front Passenger Door Control Module -
spec
J387-
Note t to the co
rrectne
♦ Front passenger door control module and Front Passenger

ss
Window Regulator Motor - V148- comprise a single compo‐

o
cial p
nent and cannot be replaced individually.

inform
mer
♦ If front passenger door control module or front passenger win‐

atio
m
dow regulator motor is to be replaced, the work procedure

o
n
c
must then be performed. Refer to

i
or
n thi
⇒ “3.9.2 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 , Cod‐

te
sd
va
ing”, page 321 .

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Refer to Self Study Program No. 423; Golf MY 2009. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Refer to Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component loca‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
tions.
314 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

Golf 2009 ➤
1.4 Left Rear Door Control Module - J388-
Note
♦ Left rear door control module and Left Rear Window Regulator
Motor - V26- compose a single component and cannot be re‐
placed individually.
♦ If left rear door control module or left rear window regulator
motor is to be replaced, the work procedure must then be per‐
formed. Refer to
⇒ “3.9.3 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 , Coding”, page
321 .

tions.
1.5 Right Rear Door Control Module - J389-
Note
♦ Right rear door control module and Right Rear Window Reg‐
ulator Motor - V27- compose a single component and cannot
be replaced individually.
♦ If right rear door control module or right rear window regulatoren AG. Volkswagen AG
motor is to be replaced, the work procedure must then be per‐
ksw
ag does
not
Vol
formed. Refer to ed
by gu
ara
⇒ “3.9.4 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 h, oCoding”,
ris page nte
eo
321 . s aut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
tions.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.6 Towing Recognition Control Module -

J345-
rrectness of i
The towing recognition control module is located behind the left

l purpos
side trim panel in the luggage compartment.

nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
tions.
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
General Description yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
Towing recognition control module detects from a performance
agen
Prote AG.
decrease of at least 5 W1) the use of trailer and sends this infor‐
mation to diverse control modules via CAN Bus.

Golf 2009 ➤
Via CAN Bus, towing recognition control module is supplied with

information (light control) from Vehicle Electrical System Control
Module - J519- and Comfort System Central Control Module -
J393- .
1) At least the turn signal or parking lamp must be switched on to detect use of
trailer.

Towing recognition control module is equipped with On Board Di‐
agnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.
Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding” for
troubleshooting. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Infor‐
mation; Rep. Gr. 97 ; General Information .
1.7 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Informa‐

wage
es n
tion Systems olks ot g
byV ua
d r e an
ris tee
All Instructions and Information on this Chapter.
ut
ho Refer to ⇒ Elec‐ or
trical Equipment General Information; Rep.ss Gr. 97 ; General
a ac
Information .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1.8 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐
itte
y li
erm
ab
ule - J519-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The relay carrier is clipped to the vehicle electrical system
control module and can be removed. Refer to
⇒ “4.9 Relay Carrier on Vehicle Electrical System Control
rrectness of i
Module J519 ”, page 333 .
l purpos
♦ If the vehicle electrical system control module is being re‐

placed, then always perform the procedure to read out the
nf
ercia
code stored in the module. Refer to
o
⇒ “3.18 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Cod‐
rm
m
atio
ing”, page 324 .
om
n in
c
♦ After replacing the vehicle electrical system control module,

or
thi
e
the other functions of the vehicle electrical system control

t
sd
iva
module, such as the anti-theft immobilizer, the anti-theft alarm

r
rp
cu
o
system, the start authorization, the tire pressure monitoring

f
en
ng
t.
system and the key for the central locking must be adapted,
yi Co
op
depending on the vehicle equipment level.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ In this case, start by adapting the anti-theft immobilizer. Refer
cop Vo
by lksw
to
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , Adapt‐
ing”, page 282 and then the other equipment-dependent func‐
tions of vehicle electrical system control module in any order.

tions.
General Description:
The vehicle electrical system control module controls the follow‐
ing functions:
♦ Electric load management
♦ Exterior light control

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Turn signal control

♦ Wipe/wash, windshield and rear window
♦ Headlamp Washer System
♦ Rain light sensor
♦ Windshield and rear window defrosters
♦ Interior light control
♦ Terminal control
♦ Dimming, instrument illumination
♦ Footwell lamp
♦ Fuel Pump (FP) supply
♦ Pre-energizing of generator
♦ Horn
♦ Warning lamp
♦ Release control
♦ Controls central locking system
♦ Front and rear door control module activation
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
a does
ksw not
♦ Actuates rear lid unlock Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
♦ Actuates tank flap releasetho eo
au ra
c
ss
♦ Anti-theft alarm system activation
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Anti-theft immobilizer activation an

itte
y li
erm
♦ Start authorization activation ab

ility
ot p
wit
The following functions can be adapted:
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Acoustic acknowledgement when unlocking for adapting. Re‐

spec
fer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “3.1 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Unlocking”,

page 320 .
♦ Acoustic acknowledgement when locking for adapting. Refer
rrectness of i
to
l purpos
⇒ “3.2 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Locking, Adapting”,

page 320 .
nform
ercia
♦ Adaptation blinking cycle during the comfort blinking. Refer to

⇒ “3.5 Blinking Cycle during Comfort Blinking, Adapting”, page
m
at
321 .
om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Automatic unlocking when key is removed adapting. Refer to

o
his
e
⇒ “3.3 Automatic Unlocking when Key Removed, Adapting”,

at
do
riv
page 320 .
p
cum
for
en
g
♦ Automatic locking at 15 km/h adapting. Refer to

n
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “3.4 Automatic Locking at 15 km/h, Adapting”, page 320 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Comfort locking confirmation adapting. Refer to
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “3.6 Comfort Locking Confirmation, Adapting”, page 321 . Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ Coming home time adapting. Refer to

⇒ “3.8 Coming Home Time, Adapting ”, page 321 .
♦ Leaving home time adapting. Refer to
⇒ “3.14 Leaving Home Time, Adapting”, page 323 .
♦ Anti-theft alarm delay when opening driver door adapting. Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.2.1 Alarm Delay When Opening Driver Door, Adapting”,
page 281 .

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Single door opening adapting. Refer to

⇒ “3.17 Single Door Opening, Adapting”, page 324 .
♦ Interior monitoring sensitivity adapting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.3 Interior Monitoring Sensitivity, Adapting”, page 281 .
♦ Vehicle inclination sensor sensitivity adapting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.4 Vehicle Inclination Sensor Sensitivity, Adapting”,
page 281 .
♦ Factory mode deactivating. Refer to
⇒ “3.12 Factory Mode, Deactivating”, page 322 .
♦ Footwell illumination brightness adapting. Refer to
⇒ “3.13 Footwell Light Dimmer Value, Adapting ”, page 322 .
♦ Comfort operation via radio-frequency remote adapting. Refer
to
⇒ “3.7 Comfort Operation via Radio-Frequency Remote,
Adapting”, page 321 .
♦ Country selection for the intelligent alarm horn adapting. Refer
to
⇒ “3.2.2 Intelligent Alarm Horn Market Version, Adapting”,
page 281
♦ Visual acknowledgment for locking adapting. Refer to
⇒ “3.19 Visual Acknowledgment for Locking, Adapting”, page
324 .
♦ Remote control key adapting. Refer to
⇒ “3.16 Remote Control Key, Adapting”, page 324 .
♦ vehicle electrical system control moduleVoutput diagnostic test.
. olkswagen AG
Refer to wagen AG does
⇒ “3.15 Output Diagnostic olks
y VTest Mode (D) of Vehicle Electrical
not
b gu
ara
System Control Module ris J519 ”, page 323 .
ed
nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Adaptations listed above are dependent on vehicle equipment

erm
ab
level and market version.

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec
Vehicle electrical system control module is equipped with On

t to the co
Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists in troubleshooting.

rrectne
1.9 Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs

s

s o
cial p
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Description

f in
and Operation .
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
2 Specifications
⇒ “2.1 Left E-box in Engine Compartment Fastener Tightening
Specifications”, page 319
2.1 Left E-box in Engine Compartment Fas‐

tener Tightening Specifications
Component Fastener Nm
Size
Central Bolt E-box 9
Securing nuts -1- M5 (width 4
8)
Securing nuts -1- M6 (width 6
10)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Specifications 319
Golf 2009 ➤

⇒ “3.1 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Unlocking”, page 320
⇒ “3.2 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Locking, Adapting”,
page 320
⇒ “3.3 Automatic Unlocking when Key Removed, Adapting”, page
320
⇒ “3.4 Automatic Locking at 15 km/h, Adapting”, page 320
⇒ “3.5 Blinking Cycle during Comfort Blinking, Adapting”,
page 321
⇒ “3.6 Comfort Locking Confirmation, Adapting”, page 321
⇒ “3.7 Comfort Operation via Radio-Frequency Remote, Adapt‐
ing”, page 321
⇒ “3.8 Coming Home Time, Adapting ”, page 321
⇒ “3.9 Control Modules”, page 321
⇒ “3.10 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, Gateway”, page
322
page 322
⇒ “3.12 Factory Mode, Deactivating”, page 322
⇒ “3.13 Footwell Light Dimmer Value, Adapting ”, page 322
⇒ “3.14 Leaving Home Time, Adapting”, page 323
AG. Volkswagen n AG do
ks wage es
⇒ “3.15 Output Diagnostic Vol Test Mode (D) of Vehicle Electrical
not
gu
by
System Control Module
ris
ed J519 ”, page 323 ara
nt ee
tho or
⇒ “3.16 Remote
s a Control Key, Adapting”, page 324
u ac
s
ce
e
⇒ “3.17 Single Door Opening, Adapting”, page 324

nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “3.18 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Coding”,

y li
erm
ab
page 324
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “3.19 Visual Acknowledgment for Locking, Adapting”,

, is n
h re
page 324
hole
spec
3.1 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Un‐

es, in part or in w
t to the co
locking
Refer to owner's manual
rrectness of i
– Adapt the acoustic signal when unlocking. Use Vehicle Diag‐

l purpos
nostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
3.2 Acoustic Acknowledgement when Lock‐

nform
ercia
ing, Adapting
m
at
om
ion
c
– Adjust the acoustic signal when locking. Use Vehicle Diag‐

in t
or
his
e
nostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.

at
do
priv
3.3 Automatic Unlocking when Key Re‐

um
for
en
ng
t.
moved, Adapting
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Adjust automatic unlocking when the ignition key is removed. yri
p by
o Vo
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.4 Automatic Locking at 15 km/h, Adapting

– Adjust automatic locking at 15 km/h. Use Vehicle Diagnostic

Golf 2009 ➤
3.5 Blinking Cycle during Comfort Blinking,

Adapting
– Adjust the blink cycle during one-touch lane change signaling.
3.6 Comfort Locking Confirmation, Adapting

– Adjust comfort locking confirmation. Use Vehicle Diagnostic
3.7 Comfort Operation via Radio-Frequency

Remote, Adapting
– Adjust comfort operation via radio-frequency remote. Use Ve‐
hicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
3.8 Coming Home Time, Adapting

– Adjust coming home time. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
3.9 Control Modules agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
⇒ “3.9.1 Driver Door Control Module J386 ed by, Coding”, page 321 ara
nte
ris
o eo
⇒ “3.9.2 Front Passenger Door Control
aut
h
Module J387 , Coding”, ra
page 321 ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “3.9.3 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 , Coding”,
du
an
itte
page 321
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “3.9.4 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 , Coding”,
ot p
wit
page 321
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “3.9.5 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Coding”,
spec
page 322
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “3.9.6 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 Software,
Adapting”, page 322
3.9.1 Driver Door Control Module - J386- , rrectness of i

l purpos
Coding
– Driver Door Control Module - J386- , coding. Use Vehicle Di‐
nform
ercia

m
at
om
3.9.2 Front Passenger Door Control Module -

ion
c
in t
or
J387- , Coding
his
ate
do
priv
– Front Passenger Door Control Module - J387- , coding. Use

um
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
3.9.3 Left Rear Door Control Module - J388- ,
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
Coding
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Left Rear Door Control Module - J388- , coding. Use Vehicle
3.9.4 Right Rear Door Control Module -

J389- , Coding
– Right Rear Door Control Module - J389- , coding. Use Vehicle

Golf 2009 ➤
3.9.5 Towing Recognition Control Module -

J345- , Coding
– Towing Recognition Control Module - J345- , coding. Use Ve‐
hicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
3.9.6 Towing Recognition Control Module -

J345- Software, Adapting
– Adapt the Towing Recognition Control Module - J345- soft‐
ware. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Guided Fault Finding”.
3.10 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Inter‐

face, Gateway
⇒ “3.10.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, Coding”, page
322
⇒ “3.10.2 Checking Bus Activity”, page 322
⇒ “3.10.3 Checking Bus Participants”, page 322
3.10.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic sInter‐

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
k w
face, Coding ol not
y V gu
d b ara
e is nte
or
– Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface au - J533- , coding. Use
th eo
ra
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “GuidedsFault Finding”.
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
3.10.2 Checking Bus Activity
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
With this test, there is the possibility to trace whether to replace
ility
ot p
individual partial Bus circuits (powertrain, comfort and infotain‐
wit
, is n
ment) during Bus rest period (sleep mode).
h re
hole
spec
– Check the Bus activity. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in “Gui‐
es, in part or in w
ded Fault Finding”.
t to the co
3.10.3 Checking Bus Participants
rrectness of i
This check the communication between the Data Bus on board
diagnostic interface and CAN Bus systems.
l purpos
– Check the CAN Bus systems. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester

nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
om
- J533-
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
– Replace the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- .

iv
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Removing and installing Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Inter‐
yi Co
op
face - J533- . Refer to
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
page 325 .
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.12 Factory Mode, Deactivating

– Factory mode, deactivating. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
3.13 Footwell Light Dimmer Value, Adapting

Footwell light dimmer value is adjustable in variable levels.
– Adjust footwell light dimmer value. Use Vehicle Diagnostic

Golf 2009 ➤
3.14 Leaving Home Time, Adapting

– Adjust leaving home time. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
3.15 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (D) of Ve‐

hicle Electrical System Control Module -
J519-
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
ed
by
V ua
ran
ris tee
ho
aut or
ac
Note ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
It depends on the vehicle equipment whether the components

itte
y li
rm
listed below can be checked.
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
The following components and functions can be checked via out‐
h re
hole
put Diagnostic Test Mode (D) of vehicle electrical system control
spec
module:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- , Right Position Lamp Bulb -
M3- , Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M4- and Right Tail Lamp Bulb - M2-
rrectness of i
♦ Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29- and Right Low Beam
Headlamp Bulb - M31-
l purpos
♦ Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- and Right Daytime

Running Lamp Bulb - L175-
nform
ercia
♦ Left High Beam Headlamp - M30- and Right High Beam Head‐
m
a
com
lamp - M32-
tion in
r
te o
♦ Left Low Beam Reflector Motor - V294- and Right Low Beam
thi
s
Reflector Motor - V295-

iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- and Right Front Fog Lamp
fo
en
ng
Bulb - L23-
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Right Back-up Lamp Bulb - M17- and Left Back-up Lamp Bulb yri
gh by
ht
- M16-
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Left Brake Lamp - M9- , Right Brake Lamp - M10- and High-
AG.
mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25-

♦ Left Rear Fog Lamp Bulb - L46- and Right Rear Fog Lamp
Bulb - L47-
♦ Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- and Left Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M6-
♦ Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7- and Right Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M8-
♦ License Plate Light - X-
♦ Interior light dimmed
♦ Instrument illumination of all buttons and switches and of in‐
strument cluster
♦ Terminal 30 Power Supply Relay - J317-
♦ LED for heated rear window/heated rear window
♦ LED for heated exterior mirror/heated exterior mirror
♦ Enabling of sunroof
♦ Enabling of seat heater
♦ Fuel Pump Relay - J17-

Golf 2009 ➤
♦ Headlamp Washer Relay - J39- and Headlamp Washer Pump

- V11-
♦ Front windshield wiper
♦ Wiper module reversing point
♦ Windshield Washer Pump - V5-
♦ Horn Relay - J4- , High Tone Horn - H2- and Low Tone Horn
- H7-
♦ Left Cornering Lamp - L148- and Right Cornering Lamp -
AG. Volkswagen AG d
L149- (cornering lamp, stating cornering lamp)
ksw
agen oes
n
Vol ot g
♦ Heated Windshield - Z2- d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
tho
♦ Luggage compartment lock au or
ac
ss
♦ Engine compartment lamp
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Output diagnostic test for the Vehicle Electrical System Con‐
y li
erm
ab
trol Module - J519- . Use Vehicle Diagnostic Sensor in “Guided
ility
ot p
Fault Finding”.
wit
, is n
h re
3.16 Remote Control Key, Adapting
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Adapt key with remote control. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
t to the co
3.17 Single Door Opening, Adapting
rrectness of i
– Adjust single door opening. Use Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
l purpos
nform
ercia
ule - J519- , Coding

m
at
om
ion
c
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- , coding. Use

in t
or

his
ate
do
priv
3.19 Visual Acknowledgment for Locking,

um
for
en
ng
Adapting
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Adjust visual acknowledgment when locking. Use Vehicle Di‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤

page 325
⇒ “4.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 ”, page 326
⇒ “4.3 E-Box Fuse Panel”, page 326
⇒ “4.4 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 ”, page 326
⇒ “4.5 Instrument Panel Fuse Panel”, page 326
⇒ “4.6 Left Engine Compartment E-Box”, page 327 olkswage es n
ot g
yV ua
d b 331
⇒ “4.7 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 ”,ripage ran
se tee
tho or
⇒ “4.8 Relay Carrier In Left Instrument Panel”,
ss
au page 331 ac
ce
e
⇒ “4.9 Relay Carrier on Vehicle Electrical System Control Module

nl
pt
du
an
J519 ”, page 333
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.10 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 ”, page 334
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “4.11 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 ”, page 334
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “4.12 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 ”,
spec
page 335
es, in part or in w
t to the co
- J533-
rrectness of i
The Data Bus on board diagnostic interface is located in the right
l purpos
side of the driver footwell near the steering column.

Removal
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
Note
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
If the Data Bus on board diagnostic interface is to be replaced,

iv
o
r
rp
cu
the work procedure to read out the codes stored in the module
o
m
f
en
must always be performed. Refer to
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “3.11 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 ”, Cop py
page 322 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and re‐ Prote AG.
move ignition key.
– Remove the trim from the footwell on the driver side. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation .
– Disengage harness connector -1- and disconnect it from Data
Bus on board diagnostic interface -2-.
– Press the pins -3- together in direction of -arrows- and pull the
Data Bus on board diagnostic interface through the holes.
– Remove Data Bus on board diagnostic interface from vehicle.
Installation

Golf 2009 ➤
4.2 Driver Door Control Module - J386-

Driver door control module, removing and installing. Refer to ⇒
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation of window
regulator motor.
Note
If driver door control module or Driver Window Regulator Motor -

V147- is to be replaced. Refer to
⇒ “3.9.1 Driver Door Control Module J386 , Coding”, page 321 .
The work procedure must then be performed .
4.3 E-Box Fuse Panel

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw n
The description “left engine
y V compartment E-Box” describes
o ot g the
ua
db
removal and installation
ris
e of the fuse panel in the E-box. Referranto
tee
o
⇒ “4.6 Left Engine
au
thCompartment E-Box”, page 327 . or
a
ss c
4.4 Front Passenger Door Control Module -
ce
le
un
pt
J387-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Front passenger door control module, removing and installing.
ot
Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation
wit
, is n
h re
of window regulator motor.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
If front passenger door control module or Front Passenger Win‐

rrectness of i
dow Regulator Motor - V148- is to be replaced. Refer to

⇒ “3.9.2 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 , Coding”,
l purpos
page 321 . The work procedure must then be performed .

nform
ercia
4.5 Instrument Panel Fuse Panel

m
a
com
tio

n in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Caution
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
Follow the procedure in the Repair Manual when disconnecting Prote
cted AG.
agen
Removal

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Golf 2009 ➤
olksw not
V
d by gu
ara Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2015
rise nte
tho e or
– Remove
ss
auside cover -1- of instrument panel, do this by inserting ac
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- or a screwdriver into recess
ce
le
un
-2- and pry off cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the fuse panel -1-. Be careful
i
o
pr
cum
r
of the connected wires.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Installation t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Tighten the bolts to 4 Nm. Prote AG.
4.6 Left Engine Compartment E-Box
Caution

Removal

Golf 2009 ➤
– Slide securing bracket -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and

remove cover of E-box -2- upward.
Caution
♦ Electrical components that are protected by the fuse block

can fail, for example, the electromechanical power steer‐
ing.
♦ The fuse block can get damaged when loosening the nut
on the wiring connections.
♦ Replace the fuse block each time after loosening the con‐
nections.
– Remove hex nuts -1-.

– Open the wiring guide covers on the E-box -3- in the direction
of the -arrow-.
– Remove wires from connecting pins.
– Unclip wires from wire guides.
– Replace the fuse block -2- after loosening the nuts -1-.
– Remove the central bolt -arrow- for the E-box -1-.

G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
Note oris tee
th or
s au ac
Removing the central bolt
s -arrow- presses the E-box -1- up off the
ce
le
E-box bracket.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Remove E-box -1- upward from E-box bracket.

pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
328
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring
Golf 2009 ➤
Note
In order to be able to remove the flat terminal housing -1-, air filter
housing (only vehicles with Diesel engine), battery and battery
console must be removed.
– If necessary, remove air filter housing.

– Remove battery. Refer to
– Remove mounting bolts -arrows- for battery console -1-.

– Remove battery console -1- from vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Press straps on E-box bracket apart from each other

wit
, is n
-arrows B- and slide flat terminal housing -1- sideways

h re
hole
-arrow A- out of E-box bracket.

spec
es, in part or in w
– Press straps on E-box bracket apart from each other

t to the co
-arrows C- and slide flat terminal housing -2- toward front

-arrow D- out of E-box bracket.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Remove the nuts -arrows- of E-box bracket -1-.
Note
It depends on vehicle equipment whether an auxiliary relay carrier

is installed.
– Pull the E-box bracket -1- up off the stud bolts. Be careful of
the connected wires.
– Unclip auxiliary relay carrier -1- sideways out of E-box bracket

-2-.
– Remove E-box bracket -2- from vehicle.
Installation
– Tighten the bolts and nuts to the tightening specifications. Re‐
fer to ⇒ page 330
Caution
♦ Electrical components that are protected

agen
AG. Vby
olkthe
swagfuse
en AGblock
does
can fail, for example, the electromechanical
yV
olksw power steer‐ not
gu
ing. ised b ara
n r tee
ho
♦ The fuse block cansa
uget
t
damaged when loosening the nut or
ac
on the wiring connections.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Replace the fuse block each time after loosening the con‐
an
itte
y li
nections.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Torque Specifications: E-box, in Engine Compartment, Left Side

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Component Fastener Nm
t to the co
Size
Central Bolt E-box 9
rrectness of i
Securing Nuts -1- M5 (width 4

l purpos
8)
Securing Nuts -1- M6 (width 6
10)
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG dGolf 2009 ➤
agen Equipment - Edition
Electrical oes 01.2015
olksw not
V gu
by ara
ed nte
– Place cover -2- onto E-box and slide securing bracket oris-1- in eo
th
the direction of the -arrow- until cover -2- is engaged.
ss
au ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Then check whether cover -2- of E-box is correctly engaged.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
4.7 Left Rear Door Control Module - J388-

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
Left rear door control module, removing and installing. Refer to
f
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation of win‐
Co
op py
dow regulator motor.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.
If left rear door control module or Left Rear Window Regulator

Motor - V26- is to be replaced. Refer to
⇒ “3.9.3 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 , Coding”,
page 321 . The work procedure must then be performed.
4.8 Relay Carrier In Left Instrument Panel
Caution

Removal
– Remove relays -arrows- from relay carrier.
Note
The number of relays and fuses is dependent on vehicle equip‐

ment.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Clip retaining tabs in the direction of the -arrow- outward and

then press connectors -1- through relay carrier.
– Disengage bracket -arrow A- and pull off bracket with fuse

from relay carrier in the direction of -arrow B-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Disengage catches in the direction of the -arrow- and pull ther‐
ility
ot p
mo-fuses -1- out of mounts.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
– Release retaining tab -1- in the direction of -arrow A- and pull

o
n
c
off mount from relay carrier in the direction of -arrow C-.

or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Release retaining tab -2- in the direction of -arrow B- and pull

i
o
pr
cum
off mount from relay carrier in the direction of -arrow C-.

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Release retainer -1- for relay panel in the direction of the

AG. Volkswagen AG d
-arrow- and remove relay panel. agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Installation ed nte
oris eo
th
Install in reverse order of removal, noting au ra
ss the following: c
ce
le
– First clip connector (for relay), holder (for fuse) and mounts
un
pt
an
d
(for thermo-fuses) into relay carrier.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Place relay carrier -2- into guide -1- and then engage relay
carrier.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
4.9 Relay Carrier on Vehicle Electrical Sys‐
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
tem Control Module - J519-
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The relay carrier is clipped to the vehicle electrical system control

module and can be removed.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the left footwell lamp in the driver footwell. Refer to
⇒ “1.6.7 Left Footwell Lamp W9 ”, page 276 .
Note
The wiring for the left footwell lamp and the diagnostic socket can
remain connected.
– Remove the footwell vent on the driver side. Refer to ⇒ Heat‐

ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 80 ; Removal
and Installation .

Golf 2009 ➤
WARNING
♦ Risk of the airbag deploying!

tion .
– Remove the knee airbag in the driver footwell. Refer to ⇒ Body

Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; Removal and Installation .
– Open both tabs -arrows- and pull the relay carrier -2- from the
vehicle electrical system control module -1- opposite the drive
direction.
– Swing the relay carrier downward and unclip thewarelay.
gen AGPay
. Volkswagen AG
does
attention the wire still connected. yV
olks not
gu b ara
ed
Installation thoris nte
e or
au ac
Install in reverse order. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
4.10 Right Rear Door Control Module - J389-
s o
cial p
f in
Right rear door control module, removing and installing. Refer to
form
mer
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Removal and Installation of win‐

atio
m
dow regulator motor.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Note
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
If right rear door control module or Right Rear Window Regulator
yi Co
op
Motor - V27- is to be replaced. Refer to
C py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “3.9.4 Right Rear Door Control Module J389 , Coding”,
ht
pyri by
Vo
page 321 . The work procedure must then be performed .
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.11 Towing Recognition Control Module -

J345-
The towing recognition control module is installed behind the left
side trim in the luggage compartment.
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the left side trim panel inside the luggage compart‐
ment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and
Installation .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
ed b ara
nte
Golf 2009 ➤
ris
ut
ho Electrical
eo
ra
Equipment - Edition 01.2015
s a c
s
– Disengage connectors -2- and disconnect them from towing
ce
le
un
pt
recognition control module.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
The number of harness connectors on the towing recognition
spec
control module can deviate from the illustration depending on ve‐
t to the co
hicle equipment.
– Remove the screws -1- and remove towing recognition control
rrectne
module with bracket out of the vehicle.
ss o
cial p
– Remove the screws -arrows- and remove towing recognition
f in
control module from the bracket.
form
mer
atio
Installation
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
After installing a new towing recognition control module, it must ht. rig
rig ht
be coded. Refer to
py by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “3.9.5 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Coding”, Prote
cted AG.
agen
page 322 .

ule - J519-
Note
♦ The relay carrier is clipped to the vehicle electrical system

control module and can be removed.
♦ If the vehicle electrical system control module is being re‐
placed, always perform the procedure to read out the code
stored in the module. Refer to
⇒ “3.18 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Cod‐
ing”, page 324 .
Removal
move ignition key.
– Remove the relay carrier on the vehicle electrical system con‐
trol module. Refer to
⇒ “4.9 Relay Carrier on Vehicle Electrical System Control
Module J519 ”, page 333 .
– Disconnect the connectors.
– Press both locking mechanisms -arrows- and move the vehi‐
cle electrical system control module downward.

Golf 2009 ➤
– Pull the vehicle electrical system control module out of the

bracket downward and opposite the drive direction.
Installation
– Install the vehicle electrical system control module into the
bracket and then push on it until it audibly engages.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
5 Special Tools
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
♦ Trim Removal Wedge
tho - 3409- tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
Edition: K0059050221 - FU - 01/27/2015 – ESP

form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2009 ➤
6 Revision History
Re Dat Job Type Feedback # Notes Editor
vi‐ e
sio
n
3 01/ Factory Up‐ N/A Eric

27/ date Puter‐
201 baugh
5
2 12/ Factory Up‐ N/A Tom
16/ date Perry
201
4
1 03/ Factory Up‐ N/A Tom
07/ date Perry
201
4
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Cautions & Warnings
Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.
•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
vehicle that is supported solely AG. Volkswagen AG dwork under the vehicle while the engine is running.
agen by a jack. Never
w o es n
olks ot g
byV ua
•= For vehicles equipped ed with an anti-theft radio, be sure of rthe
an correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
oris tee
th
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered whenor the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
au ac
ss
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
•=
itte
If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
y li
erm
ab
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
ility
ot p
starting the vehicle while you are under it.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
spec
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
t to the co
being fully alert.
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
rrectne
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
ss
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
o
cial p
f inform
•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
mer
atio
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
om
injury could result.

c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
i
o
pr
cum
r
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
fo
en
ng
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
t.
yi Co
op
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.
•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
AG. Volkswagen AG d
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen s wagen
specifications. Makeshiftoetools,
s no parts and procedures will not make good
olk t gu
repairs. byV a
ed ra nte
ris
ho eo
ut
•= Catch draining fuel, oil or in suitable containers. Do not use brake
or beverage containers that
ss
a fluid empty rfood
ac
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
ce
e
nl
pt
du
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
•=
ility
Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
ot p
wit
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
, is n
h re
listed.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
t to the co
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
rrectness of i
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
l purpos
govern the disposal of wastes.

nform
ercia
•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
m
at
om
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
on
c
in t
automotive chemical refrigerants.

or
his
ate
do
riv
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
p
cum
for
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
en
ng
i t.
py Co
. Co py
rig
•=
t
Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase py
rig
h
by
ht
system pressure and may cause the system to burst. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s).
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.
Page 2 of 3
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 3 of 3
Version 1.0

D3E8020083C Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

D3E8020083C Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Repair Manual Volksw

CJAA CBT CBU CBF CCT CRZ

Service Department. Technical Information

matter of course, be observed.

27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.3 Generator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.7 Starter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.10 Starter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

2.11 Starter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2.13 Voltage Stabilizer J532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

4.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

1.2 Hoses, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

1.3 Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

2.2 Rear Window Washer System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

2.3 Rear Window Wiper System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

2.4 Windshield Washer System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

2.5 Windshield Wiper System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

3 Diagnosis and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

3.1 Headlamp Washer System Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

94 - Exterior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

1.13 Steering Column Switches, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

2.5 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

2.6 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

2.8 Rear Lid Tail Lamps Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

2.9 Side Panel Tail Lamps Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

2.10 Steering Column Switch, through 05/2010, Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

2.11 Steering Column Switch, from 06/2010, Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

2.13 Overview - Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Rearview Mirror W53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

4.8 Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

4.10 HID Headlamp and Cornering Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

4.12 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, through 05/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

4.13 Ignition Switch and Lock Cylinder, from 06/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

4.14 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

4.15 Start System Button E378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

96 - Interior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

1.11 Roof Trim Lamps and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

1.12 Switches in Center Console Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

2.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

3.5 Fazit System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

3.7 Ignition Key, Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Button E360 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

3.10 Remote Key, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

1.9 Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

4.3 E-Box Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

4.4 Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

4.5 Instrument Panel Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

4.6 Left Engine Compartment E-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

4.7 Left Rear Door Control Module J388 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

4.8 Relay Carrier In Left Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

4.12 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

27 – Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

1.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions

Risk of injury. Observe warning notes and safety precautions.

In order to prevent damage to the battery or vehicle, observe

battery type descriptions and notes. Refer to